Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout21 041 Maple Street Reconstruction (Omega Contractors Inc.) Tender Acceptance By-law THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE BY-LAW NO. 2021 - 041 BEING A BY-LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER FOR MAPLE STREET RECONSTRUCTION (Omega Contractors Inc.) WHEREAS Section 44 of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25, as amended, provides that a municipality has jurisdiction over a highway or bridge shall keep it in a state of repair that is reasonable in the circumstances; AND WHEREAS pursuant to the said Municipal Act, Section 8 (1) and 9 provide that the powers of a municipality under this or any other Act shall be interpreted broadly so as to confer broad authority on the municipality to enable the municipality to govern its affairs as it considers appropriate and to enhance the HPID>DK<GDOTVN<=DGDOTOJM@NKJI?OJHPID>DK<GDNNP@N<I?C<NOC@><K<>ity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person for the purpose of exercising its authority under this or any other Act; AND WHEREAS it has been determined that there is a need for Maple Street reconstruction, with funds allocated I the 2021 Capital Budget; NOW THEREFORE the Council of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine ENACTS as follows: 1. That the tender of Omega Contractors Inc for Maple Street Reconstruction, in the amount $1,449,371.64 (including the nonrefundable portion of HST), be hereby accepted as per the tender agreement attached hereto as :>C@?PG@W1X$ 2. That the Mayor and Chief Administrative Officer be authorized and directed to execute, on behalf of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine, any contracts and other documents required to authorize such work to commence. 3. This by-law shall come into full force and effect upon its final passage. 4. This by-law may be cit@?<NOC@WMaple Street Reconstruction (Omega Contractors Inc.) Tender Acceptance By-G<RX$ th READ a FIRST and SECOND TIME this 15 day of March, 2021. th READ a THIRD TIME and FINALLY PASSED this 15 day of March, 2021. Kfoojgfs!Mbxsjf Nbzps!Fbejf Tjhofe!xjui!DpotjhoP!Dmpve!)3132015012* Tjhofe!xjui!DpotjhoP!Dmpve!)3132015012* Wfsjgz!xjui!DpotjhoP!ps!Bepcf!Sfbefs/ Wfsjgz!xjui!DpotjhoP!ps!Bepcf!Sfbefs/ MayorClerk I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (TIVERTON) MAPLE STREET RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 20050 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Plan takers shall note the following: 1 (1) Pg. T-12 has been replaced with the attached Pg. T-12(Revised) as there was no line item for the Provisional Item Total. i I I B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 I www.bmross.net March 1, 2021 I IM�Au�(t <6/0Z( retractor's Signature Date (Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender) 1I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 T-12 (Revised) I Item Spec. # — Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount 1 49 410, 491, Reconnect existing drains and 10 m $ $ SP services (up to 250 mm dia.) I50 SP Contingencies 1 L.S. $ 20,000.00 Sub-Total Provisional Items -- $ Total Part 1 -- $ Total Part 2 -- $ Total Part 3 — $ Total Part 4 -- $ Sub-Total Provisional Items-- $ Sub-Total $ 13% HST $ TOTAL TENDER $ This tender is divided into 4 parts. It is the intent of the Owner to award Parts 1 & 2. Parts 3 & 4 will be reassessed when reviewing tenders and all or any of those parts may be deleted. I I I I I 1 r 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (TIVERTON) ' MAPLE STREET RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 20050 ' ADDENDUM NO. 2 Plan takers shall note the following: g 1 (1) Pg. T-8, Part 3 —Provisional Forcemain Item 41 a) - The description of the item shall be revised to a 300 mm dia. PVC DR25 forcemain. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. I I 1 I B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 www.bmross.net March 1, 2021 I /�/Zb21 Contractor's Signature Date (Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender) I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (TIVERTON) MAPLE STREET RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 20050 ' ADDENDUM NO. 1 Plan takers shall note the following: (1) Test pits will be dug by the Owner at the job site on Friday February 26, 2021 starting at 9:00 am. sharp. (2) Bidders who plan on attending the test pits are asked to only attend the test pits if they are feeling well, comply with physical distancing recommendations, and limit the number of personnel attending the test pits to one person per company. Each attendee is required to complete the COVID-19 online self-assessment (https:;';covin-19.ontario.caself- assessment). All attendees to the test pits must maintain a minimum 2m spacing to other individuals. Only one representative at a time will be allowed to view each test pit. B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners ' 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 ' www.bmross.net February 23, 2021 1 / Contractor's Signature Date (Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1VIUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (TIVERTON) MAPLE STREET RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 20050 tIBMROSS engineering better communities 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE I (TIVERTON) I MAPLE STREET RECONSTRUCTION i CONTRACT NO. 20050 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (TIVERTON) MAPLE STREET RECONSTRUCTION ' CONTRACT NO. 20050 ' INDEX TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IDescription Page IAddendum No. 1 Front Cover Information to Bidders IB-1 —IB-6 Tender Form of Tender T-1 —T-12 T-A & T-B Statement re Sub-Contractors Agreement to Bond Schedule of Plans, Specifications, General Conditions & Standards IIndex to Special Provisions Special Provisions SP-1 to SP-64 ISupplemental General Conditions Pages 1- 8 IGeneral Conditions—OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2019 Agreement A-1-A-4 IMunicipality of Kincardine - Corporate Statement Occupational Health and Safety IContract Release Statutory Declaration Re: Liens, Liabilities & Payment of Accounts ' Standards I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I INFORMATION TO BIDDERS I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I INDEX TO INFORMATION TO BIDDERS (May 2020) 1 1) Date and Place for Receiving Tenders IB-1 2) Tender Deposit IB-1 I 3) Submission of Tender 1B-1 4) Clarification IB-2 5) Withdrawal of Tender IB-2 I 6) Disqualification of Tender IB-2 7) Tender Award IB-2 8) Form of Agreement IB-3 I 9) Competency of Bidders IB-3 10) Completion Date and Liquidated Damages IB-3 11) Taxes 1B-5 I 12) Bribery IB-5 13) Ontario Provincial Standards IB-5 14) Guaranteed Maintenance(Parts 1, 3 and 4) 1B-5 15) Guaranteed Maintenance(Part 2) IB-5 16) Freedom of Information 113-6 17) Accessibility IB-6 18) Conflict of Interest IB-6 I I I I I 1 I I I r ' IB-1 INFORMATION TO BIDDERS r 1) DATE AND PLACE FOR RECEIVING TENDERS: ' DIGITAL TENDERS addressed to tenders@kincardine.ca will be received by the Municipality until: ' 12:00:59 p.m. (Local Time),Tuesday,March 2,2021 ' An automatic message will be generated to Bidders submitting their tender by email. Bidders who wish to have a follow up email sent by the Municipality to confirm receipt are to email clerk@kincardine.ca. As stated in the official tender call advertisement. 2) TENDER DEPOSIT: Each tender must be accompanied by a tender deposit in the form of a bid bond payable to: rMunicipality of Kincardine for the amount of: Sixty Five Thousand Dollars ($65,000.00). This deposit shall serve as evidence of good faith that if awarded the contract,the bidder will execute and enter into a formal agreement with the Owner within the time required and will furnish the security ' required to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of this contract. The tender deposit of the bidder whose tender is awarded shall be forfeited should the bidder fail to execute a contract and provide the satisfactory bonds, referred to hereafter,within ten(10)days after receiving written notice from the Contract Administrator of the award of the contract. The deposits of the two lowest bidders shall be retained until execution of the contract. Deposits of all ' other bidders shall be returned within 30 days of closing by letter, either with the certified cheque being attached or stating that the bid bond is no longer required. The successful bidder's bid deposit will be returned once the Contract and the bonding are in place. ' 3) SUBMISSION OF TENDER: ' a) Form of Tender: Tenders shall be submitted on the blank form herewith provided and shall give the lump sum and/or unit prices for the work,and the total tender shall be described in both words and figures. Bidders will be required to add Harmonized Sales Tax(HST)on the tender form in the space provided. The tender shall be signed by the bidder on page T-B of the Form of Tender and emailed to tenders@kincardine.ca clearly identified in the subject lien as Maple Street Reconstruction Tender. r I IB-2 , b) Statement re Sub-Contractors: The page titled"STATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS", included in the contract documents shall be completed and submitted as part of the tender by each bidder. This shall include a list of proposed Sub-Contractors showing the value of the work to be sublet to each. The value of work sublet shall not exceed 50%of the total work to any one subcontractor without written authorization of the Contract Administrator. Failure to provide this list may render the tender invalid. c) Agreement to Bond: ' Bidders must have the "Agreement to Bond"forms,or equivalent, of this contract completed by their bonding company, and the same must be submitted with their tender in order to validate their bid. 4) CLARIFICATION: Any details in question on this tender or in the accompanying plans shall be clarified by the bidder prior to submitting the bid. The unit prices as tendered shall include the supply of all permits, labour, equipment, and materials except where noted that are necessary to complete the contract. For technical questions related to tender documents,please contact: Darren Alexander,Project Manager B. M. Ross and Associates Limited Engineers and Planners Ph: (519) 524-2641 dalexander@bmross.net Questions shall be provided in writing no later than 5 calendar days before the closing date. 1115) WITHDRAWAL OF TENDER: A bidder will be allowed to withdraw their tender unopened after it has been deposited if such request is received in writing prior to the time specified for the closing of tenders. 6) DISQUALIFICATION OF TENDER: ' Tenders will not be considered where: a) They are received after the official closing time stated in IB-1). b) They are not properly executed,and the associated documentation is not complete. c) They are not accompanied by the specified tender deposit. d) They contain irregularities as described in the municipal procurement policy More than one tender from an individual, firm,partnership or association under the same or different names will not be considered. Collusion between bidders will be sufficient cause for rejection of all tenders so affected. ' 7) TENDER AWARD: Bidders are notified that any unbalanced items,errors, or omissions in the tender may render the tender I invalid. r I I IB-3 Contractors are notified that each tender shall continue open to award by the Owner until the formal contract is executed by the successful bidder or until at least thirty(30)days after the tender closing date, whichever occurs first. The Owner may at any time within that period,without notice, award this tender whether any other tender had been previously awarded or not. Procurement is subject to Chapter 506 of the Canadian Free Trade Agreement(CFTA). Notwithstanding any provisions contained within the Tender,the Owner shall not be liable for any costs, loss and/or damages, including but not limited to liquidated damages,to any Bidder arising from a termination of the Tender or a postponement of an acceptance of a bid submission during the tendering process, if,and to the extent that,the Owner's termination,delay or failure to perform the obligations ' under the Tender are caused by or as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as determined by the Owner in its sole discretion. In such a case,the Owner shall notify any Bidder of such conditions and cause thereof. Bidders are advised,and acknowledge,that this contract is tendered in Parts. The Owner may delete a Part or Parts as identified in the Form of Tender. Consideration of a bidder's price,when comparing the tenders may be based upon the value of a tender as amended with said Part(s)deleted. The Owner ' acknowledges that the contract will be awarded to only one bidder. 8) FORM OF AGREEMENT: i It is not necessary to complete the"Agreement"when submitting your tender, but the successful bidder shall be required to complete the form upon notification of the award of the contract. 1 9) COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS: Bidders and Sub-Contractors must be capable of performing the various items of work bid upon. They ' may be required to furnish a statement covering experience on similar work, list of machinery available for the proposed work, and such statements of their financial resources as may be deemed necessary. 10) COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: ' a) Time: Time shall be the essence of this agreement. b) Progress of the Work and Time for Completion: The Contractor shall complete this contract in its entirety by: Parts 1,3,4: October 15,2021 Part 2: October 15,2022 If this time limit above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift basis, it is expected that additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required throughout the life of the contract to the extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to ensure that the work will be completed within the time limit specified. Any additional costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed ' therefore. If the Contractor is delayed in the completion of work due to any of the following,hereinafter identified as "Event of Delay": r IB-4 ' 1) due to a reason listed in Section GC 3.07 of the General Conditions, as amended in the Supplemental General Conditions; 2) by reason of any breach of contract or prevention by the Owner or other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of any one of them; 3) by reason of delay by the Owner issuing instructions or information or in delivering materials; 4) by any other act or neglect of the Owner or any other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of any one of them; 5) for any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor; or 6) by a force majeure event as defined in Section GC 1.04.01, as amended in the Supplemental General Conditions, the time of completion shall be extended in writing at any time on such terms and for such period as shall be determined by the Contract Administrator,and notwithstanding such extensions,time shall continue to be deemed of the essence of this contract. An application by the Contractor for an extension of time as herein provided shall be made to the Contract Administrator,with a copy to the Owner,within five(5)business days of the Contractor becoming aware of an Event of Delay and at least 15 days prior to the date of completion fixed by the contract. All bonds or other surety furnished to the Owner by the Contractor shall be amended where necessary at the expense of the Contractor to provide coverage beyond the date of any extension of time granted, and the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with evidence of such amendment of the bonds or other surety. If an extension is requested by the Contractor due to an Event of Delay,as defined in Information to Bidders Section 10 b)herein, and the extension is granted,the said extension shall be granted and accepted without prejudice to any rights of the parties under the Contract, unless expressly waived by a party in writing. In particular,the parties acknowledge and agree that all rights and remedies afforded to the Parties under the Contract shall remain in full force and effect after the time limited in this Contract for the completion of the work and any party may take any action consequent upon the act, default, breach,neglect,delay,non-observance or non-performance by the Contractor in respect of the work or Contract, or any portion thereof, such powers or authorities may be exercised from time to time and not only in the event of the happening of such contingencies before the time limited in this Contract for the completion of the work but also in the event of the same happening after the time so limited in the case of the Contractor being permitted to proceed with the execution of the work under an extension of time granted by the Contract Administrator. c) Liquidated Damages: It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract is not finished or completed within the date of completion, damages will be sustained by the Owner, and that it is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage which the Owner will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay and the parties hereto agree that the Contractor will pay to the Owner the sum of One Thousand Dollars($1,000.00)per day for liquidated damages for each and every calendar day's delay in finishing the work beyond the date of completion prescribed, and it is agreed that this amount is an estimate of actual damage to the Owner which will accrue during the period in excess of the prescribed date of completion. The Owner may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any monies that may be due or payable to the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages payable under this paragraph are in addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy,action or other alternative that may be available to the Owner. 1 I IB-5 d) No Liability to Owner: ' Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Contract,the Owner shall not be responsible to the Contractor for any costs, loss and/or damage, including but not limited to liquidated damages, arising from any delays and/or a termination of the Contract, if, and to the extent that,the Owner's delay or other ' failure to perform the obligations under the Contract or a termination of the Contract are caused by or as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic,as determined by the Owner in its sole discretion. In such a case,the Owner shall notify the Contractor of such conditions and cause thereof. ' Furthermore,notwithstanding any provision contained in the Contract, it is acknowledged and agreed that GC 3.07.01(c)and GC 7.10.02, as amended in the Supplemental General Conditions, shall not include an ' Order or Bylaw issued pursuant to the Emergency Management and Civil Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.E.9 or a Directive from a public authority in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and in such a case, if there is delay or termination of the Contract as a result of such an Order, Bylaw or Directive it is agreed ' that the Owner shall not be responsible to the Contractor for costs, loss or damage,and in particular liquidated damages. ' 11) TAXES: Harmonized Sales Tax(HST): The 13 %Harmonized Sales Tax will be paid on all Work performed within the contract. It will be listed as a separate item on all tender documents and adjusted on final payment in accordance with the final contract price. 12) BRIBERY: ' Should the Contractor or any of their agents give or offer any gratuity to or attempt to bribe any officer or servant of the Owner,the Owner shall be at liberty to cancel the contract forthwith or to direct the Contract Administrator to take the whole or any part of the works out of the hands of the Contractor. ' Bribery shall be considered as non-fulfilment of the contract by the Contractor. 13) ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS: ' Bidders are hereby advised that the Ontario Provincial Standards apply to this contract and are to be used where applicable. Bidders are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the latest revisions of the Ontario Provincial Standards. ' 14) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE (Parts 1,3 and 4): ' 5 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract. This amount will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies. ' The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10%holdback required by the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30. The holdback will be retained by the Owner, commencing during the latter part of ' the period of construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80%complete. No alternate forms of security will be considered. 1 IB-6 I 15) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE (Part 2): 5 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract. This amount will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies. ' The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10%holdback required by the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30. The holdback will be retained by the Owner,commencing during the latter part of the period of construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80%complete. No alternate forms of security will be considered. 16) FREEDOM OF INFORMATION: Any personal information required on the Tender Form is received under the authority of the Municipal ' Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, 1989, RSO, 1990. This information will be an integral component of the bid submission. All tenders submitted to the Owner becomes the property of the Owner and as such,are subject to the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act. Bidders may mark any part of their Tender as confidential except for the total Contract price and the Bidder's name. The Owner will use its best efforts not to disclose any information so marked but shall not be liable to a bidder where information is disclosed by virtue of an order of the Privacy Commissioner or otherwise as required by law. Upon award,the Owner may release the name of the successful bidder,the name and telephone 111number of the contact person and the total bid price of the successful bidder. Questions about collection of personal information under the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, 1989,R.S.O. 1990, Chapter M.56, as amended, should be directed to: Clerk,Clerk's Department Municipality of Kincardine 1475 Concession 5, R. R. 5 Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 17) ACCESSIBILITY ' As of January 1, 2012, Bidders must meet the requirements of the Customer Service Standard of the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005. 18) CONFLICT OF INTEREST No elected official or employee,nor any corporation of which an elected official or employee has an interest, shall offer any bid, or otherwise sell any goods or services to the Municipality, unless such interest is disclosed, and they do not participate in the purchasing process in any way. No elected official ' or employee who has an interest, shall discuss a bid solicitation with a person, or any other employee or agent of the person who has submitted a bid to the Municipality,unless the procurement call has been awarded or for the purpose of receiving clarification. ' 1 r T_1 111 FORM OF TENDER MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (TIVERTON) MAPLE STREET RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 20050 r Tender by Omega Contractors Inc. rresiding at 4104 Breck Ave. London, ON N6L 1B5 a company duly incorporated under the laws of Ontario and having its head office at 4104 Breck Ave., London, ON N6L 1B5 ' hereinafter called the "Bidder" To—Municipality of Kincardine I/We Omega Contractors Inc. 1 having carefully examined the locality and site of the proposed works and all tender documents relating thereto, including the Form of Agreement, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, Information to Bidders, Standard Specifications, Standard Drawings, Form of Tender, Supplemental General Conditions, General Conditions and Addendum/Addenda Numbers 1 to 3* inclusive, hereby tender and offer in accordance therewith to enter into a contract within the prescribed time, to construct the said work in strict accordance with the contract documents and such further detail drawings as may be supplied from time to time, and to furnish all labour, materials,tools, plant, matters and things necessary therefore, complete and ready for use within the time specified for the sum, including HST, of One Million, Six Hundred Nine Thousand, Four Hundred Sixty Three Dollars and Forty Cents r ( $1,609,463.40) 111 or such other sum as is determined from the actual measured quantities at the unit prices set forth in the Tender. * The bidder will insert here the number of the Addenda received during the tendering period and taken into account when preparing the Tender. r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES T-2 ITHE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOL'_OVJS Item Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount TART 1 - MAPLE STREET 2OADWORK I 1 206, SP Earth excavation a) Salt Impacted(all other concentrations 6300 m3 12.12 76,356.00 Table 1 ESCS) Ib) Soils above Table 1 ESQS and 40 t 54.20 2,168.00 Table 2.1 ESQS (Provisional) Ic) Temporary stockpile(Provisional) 1 L.S. 2,844.00 Id) Test holes, lm deep 32 Ea. 82.03 2,624.96 e) Regrade ditch 10 m 62.34 623.40 2 501, 506, Dust suppressants and compaction SP Ia) Water 390 m3 15.00 5,850.00 b) Calcium chloride solid 6 t 2,243.70 13,462.20 I 3 314, SP Granular A 3700 t 17.72 65,564.00 1 351 4 314, SP Granular B Type I 5400 t 18.00 97,200.00 I5 310, 312, Hot Mix Asphalt SP Ia) Hot Mix HL-4 (50mm) 900 t 126.24 113,616.00 b) Hot Mix Miscellaneous (50mm) 270 m2 44.49 12,012.30 I 6 510, SP Removal of bituminous pavement 400 m2 5.37 2,148.00 I (outside excavation) 7 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes and 33 Ea. 661.44 21,827.52 catch basins 8 407, SP Supply maintenance hole covers and/or 3 Ea. 615.50 1,846.50 Icatch basin frame and grates I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I T-3 tItem Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount I 9 510, SP Removal of existing catch basins and IPCB I a) Catch basins 1 Ea. 328.53 328.53 b) Inverted Pipe 1 Ea. 678.90 678.90 I10 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 46 m 6.18 284.28 11 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter systems a) Machine placed(OPSD 600.040) 1360 m 50.48 68,652.80 Ib) Curb outlets (OPSD 605.010) 10 Ea. 195.00 1,950.00 I 12 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk and 420 m2 9.20 3,864.00 drives I13 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives a) Sidewalks (125 mm) 870 m2 59.62 51,869.40 Ib) Sidewalks (150 mm) 120 m2 62.56 7,507.20 c) Driveway Slab (150 mm) 115 m2 75.97 8,736.55 d) House #10 (Diamond Pattern) 22 m3 79.97 1,759.34 Ie) House #11 (exposed aggregate) 7 m2 168.73 1,181.11 f) House #14 (colour&pattern) 14 m2 183.73 2,572.22 g) House #19 (exposed aggregate) 23 m2 148.73 3,420.79 Ih) House #22 (colour border) 1 m2 508.73 508.73 i) House #22 (colour panels) 12 m2 103.73 1,244.76 j) House #22 (salvage& re-install colour 1 L.S. 1,955.73 1,955.73 house numbers) Ik) House #32 (exposed aggregate) 60 m2 128.73 7,723.80 1) Wire mesh(provisional) 20 m2 5.50 110.00 m) 15M 300mm dowels (provisional) 20 Ea. 15.00 300.00 I t t t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I T-4 Item Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount I 14 351, SP Supply and install detectable warning surfaces for pedestrian crossing a) 0.6 x 0.6 8 Ea. 190.00 1,520.00 15 802, SP Topsoil (imported) 5540 m2 10.95 60,663.00 I 16 803, SP Soddingnurse unstaked) 5540 m2 9.44 52,297.60 (nursery, 1 17 510, SP Remove and relay precast concrete unit pavers Ia) Remove - unit pavers 22 m2 30.29 666.38 b) Relay - unit pavers 11 m2 105.97 1,165.67 Ic) Remove - flagstone 0.5 m2 30.29 15.15 d) Relay- flagstone 0.5 m2 505.97 252.99 18 710, SP Pavement Markings Ia) Permanent pavement markings i) 10cm solid yellow 6 m 1.85 11.10 Iii) 10cm solid white 24 m 1.85 44.40 iii) 60cm stop bars 5 m 10.50 52.50 I Sub-Total Roadwork-- 699,479.81 STORM SEWERS I19 401, 409, Supply, excavate for and place storm 410, 492, pipe sewers including bedding and I 517, 518, granular backfill SP a) 200 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 equivalent 4 m 276.30 1,105.20 Ib) 300 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 equivalent 15 m 296.83 4,452.45 I 20 402, 407, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill 517, 518, precast maintenance holes and maintenance SP hole catch basins including frames and grates Ia) 1200 mm manhole (701.010) 1 Ea. 6,042.79 6,042.79 I 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I T-5 Item Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount I 21 402, 407, Relocate existing catch basins 3 Ea. 2,035.93 6,107.79 517, 518, SP I22 405, SP Supply and place 150 mm filter wrapped perforated subdrain including excavation Ia) Installed in roadbed 1360 m 19.36 26,329.60 Ib) Core holes into existing structures 12 Ea. 297.92 3,575.04 23 SP Remove existing culvert 29 m 53.03 1,537.87 1 24 421, SP Supply, excavate for, place and backfill CSP culverts Ia) Size 1800mm min. thickness 3.5mm 30 m 1,544.94 46,348.20 b) End grates 2 Ea. 1,929.19 3,858.38 I Handlaid ripra includingnon-woven 25 511, SP Hand a d p, I geotextile a) Remove and salvage 100 mZ 38.45 3,845.00 Ib) Relay salvaged rip rap 100 m2 39.51 3,951.00 c) Supply and install 100 m2 63.45 6,345.00 I26 401, 410, Install 100 mm PVC SDR-28 storm service 100 m 188.31 18,831.00 492, 517, lateral, including connection to existing 1 518, SP storm sewer with inserta tee • 27 401, 410, Storm sewer service cleanout I SP a) Malcolm style 6 Ea. 174.90 1,049.40 I28 805, SP Erosion control Ia) Heavy-duty silt fence barrier 60 m 9.37 562.20 29 409, SP Camera inspect existing sewers 700 m 5.00 3,500.00 ISub-Total Storm Sewers-- 137,440.92 I30-34 N/A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I T-6 IItem Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount WATERMAINS 35 N/A 36 441, 517, Supply, excavate for,place and 518, SP backfill water service fitting, incl. Itapping main and all connections a) 25mm main stops 12 Ea. 283.42 3,401.04 1 b) 25mm curb stops 12 Ea. 359.13 4,309.56 I c) 25 mm saddles 12 Ea. 235.86 2,830.32 d) Disconnect existing shared service 12 Ea. 624.86 7,498.32 37 N/A I 38 401, 492, Supply, excavate for, place and 441, 517, backfill water services, including 518, SP bedding, and all required connections, I cathodic protection,native backfill and restoration beyond the general rading operations Ia) 25 mm dia. service tubing 120 m 254.63 30,555.60 installed by trenching I 39 SP Supply and install cathodic 12 Ea. 82.28 987.36 I protection on existing watermain (Provisional) 40 N/A Sub-Total Watermains -- 49,582.20 41-43 N/A ,MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS I44 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety 1 L.S. 12,797.20 12,797.20 • 45 SP Cost of bonding and insurance 1 L.S. 14,204.37 14,204.37 111 I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I T-7 IItem Spec. # Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount I 46 SP Lump sum to cover all other 1 L.S. 12,475.56 12,475.56 requirements of the contract not specifically covered by or related to the Ipreceding items Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items -- 39,477.13 ITotal Part 1 -- 925,980.06 'PART 2 - SURFACE COURSE PAVING ' 1-4 N/A 5 310, 312, Hot Mix Asphalt I SP a) Hot Mix HL-3 (40mm) 660 t 120.80 79,728.00 b) Tack coat 5900 m2 1.35 7,965.00 6 N/A ' 7 408, SP Adjust existingmaintenance holes and 9 Ea. 595.62 5,360.58 Icatch basins 8-17 N/A I18 710, SP Pavement Markings Ia) Durable pavement markings i) 10cm Solid yellow 6 m 5.65 33.90 Iii) 10cm Solid white 24 m 5.62 134.88 iv) 60cm Stop bars 5 m 33.00 165.00 I Sub-Total Roadwork-- 93,387.36 119-43 N/A IMISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 44 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety 1 L.S. 4,636.77 4,636.77 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I T-8 IItem Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount '45 & 46 N/A Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items -- 4,636.77 Total Part 2 -- 98,024.13 'PART 3 -PROVISIONAL FORCEMAIN 1140 N/A 41 401, 412, Supply, excavate for,place 300 mm I 492, 517, forcemain PVC DR 25, including 518, SP bedding, select native backfill and mechanical thrust restraints Ia) 300 mm dia. PVC DR25 340 m 278.00 94,520.00 b) 200 mm dia. PVC DR25 5 m 350.57 1,752.85 I 42 412, 492, Supply, excavate for, place and I SP backfill ductile iron fittings, including mechanical thrust restraints I a) 200 dia. gate valve 1 Ea. 1,765.46 1,765.46 b) 300 mm dia. gate valve 1 Ea. 3,524.12 3,524.12 Ic) 300 dia. 22.5°bends 1 Ea. 1,617.78 1,617.78 d) 300 dia. 45°bends 10 Ea. 1,617.78 16,177.80 Ie) 300 mm x 200 mm reducer 1 Ea. 853.76 853.76 f) 200 x 200 x 200 mm wye 1 Ea. 2,118.81 2,118.81 Ig) 300 mm dia. cap c/w 50 mm x 100 mm 1 Ea. 354.41 354.41 stake Ih) Connect to existing 1 L.S. 5,245.66 5,245.66 I43 412, SP Testing and swabbing of forecemain 1 L.S. 2,377.20 2,377.20 Sub-Total Forcemain -- 130,307.85 I44-46 N/A ITotal Part 3 -- 130,307.85 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I T-9 IItem Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount FART 4 -DEVELOPMENT SERVICING 1-18 N/A ItTORM SEWERS 119-25 N/A I 26 401, 410, Install 100 mm PVC SDR-28 storm service 30 m 771.40 23,142.00 492, 517, lateral, including connection to existing 518, SP storm sewer with inserts.tee U27 401, 410, Storm sewer service cleanout 14 Ea. 137.18 1,920.52 SP 28 N/A I29 409, SP Camera inspect existing sewers 155 m 5.00 775.00 I Sub-Total Storm Sewers -- 25,837.52 ANITARY SEWERS 30 401, 409, Supply, excavate for and place sanitary I 410, 517, sewer pipe including bedding and 518, SP native backfill I a) 200 mm PVC SDR-35 155 m 271.13 42,025.15 b) Connect to existing manhole 3 Ea. 2,005.80 6,017.40 II c) 200 mm dia. cap 3 Ea. 67.85 203.55 31 401, 409, Supply, excavate for and place ' 410, 492, PVC SDR-28 sanitary service pipe 517, 518, including bedding, native backfill I SP and restoration beyond the general grading operations I a) 125 mm dia. 150 m 305.71 45,856.50 b) Manufactured service tee c/w solid sleeve 8 Ea. 4,782.27 38,258.16 Icoupler 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 I 1 1 1 I T-10 Item Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount I c) Manufactured service tee 6 Ea. 98.48 590.88 d) Controlled settlement joint 8 Ea. 183.79 1,470.32 I32 407, SP Construct maintenance hole drop 1 Ea. 4,710.69 4,710.69 structure I33 407, SP Re-benching of existing sanitary 2 Ea. 2,116.77 4,233.54 maintenance holes I 34 410, SP Sanitary sewer service cleanout, 100mm 14 Ea. 291.45 4,080.30 I cleanout risers and 4m long 125 mm stubs Sub-Total Sanitary Sewers-- 147,446.49 LATERMAINS I 35 401,492, Supply, excavate for, place watermain 441, 442, including bedding, granular backfill and 517, 518, restoration beyond the general grading ISP operations a) 150 mm PVC DR-18 45 m 156.21 7,029.45 I 36 492, 441, Supply, excavate for, place and I 517, 518, backfill ductile iron fittings, including SP cathodic protection, mechanical thrust restraints,thrust blocking or anchoring Ia) 150 mm dia. gate valves 3 Ea. 1,150.68 3,452.04 b) 150 x 150 x 150 mm tees 2 Ea. 428.91 857.82 Ic) 150 mm cap c/w 50 mm blowoff 3 Ea. 1,974.96 5,924.88 I d) Connect to existing watermain 2 Ea. 5,240.24 10,480.48 37 441, 517, Supply, excavate for, place and I 518, SP backfill water service fitting, incl. tapping main and all connections Ia) 25 mm main stops 14 Ea. 123.09 1,723.26 b) 25 mm curb stops 14 Ea. 198.80 2,783.20 Ic) 25 mm saddles 14 Ea. 75.53 1,057.42 i I T-11 IItem Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount I 38 401, 492, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill 441, 517, water services, including bedding, and all 518, SP required connections, cathodic protection, I native backfill and restoration beyond the general grading operations I a) 25 mm dia. service tubing 230 m 137.41 31,604.30 installed by trenching I39 N/A I 40 441, SP Swabbing, hydrostatic pressure testing, 1 L.S. 2,087.40 2,087.40 disinfection, and flushing of watermains ISub-Total Watermains -- 67,000.25 41-43 N/A 'MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS I44 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety 1 L.S. 800.00 1 45 SP Cost of bonding and insurance 1 L.S. 4,039.89 46 SP Lump sum to cover all other 1 L.S. 3,620.00 I requirements of the contract not specifically covered by or related to the preceding items I Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items -- 8,459.89 ITotal Part 4-- 248,744.15 'PROVISIONAL ITEMS (Inclusive to All Parts) 47 206, 401, Additional trench excavation 40 m3 5.50 220.00 I SP in proposed trench bottom where unsuitable soils are encountered I incluidng removal from site 48 SP Rigid board insulation 10 m2 47.95 479.50 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I1-12 (Revised) IItem Spec. # _ Description Qty./ Unit Price Amount I 49 410, 491, Reconnect existing drains and 10 m 54.82 548.20 SP services (up to 250 mm dia.) 111 50 SP Contingencies 1 L.S. 20,000.00 Sub-Total Provisional Items -- 21,247.70 ITotal Part 1 -- 925,980.06 Total Part 2 -- 98,024.13 ITotal Part 3 -- 130,307.85 ITotal Part 4 -- 248,744.15 Sub-Total Provisional Items -- 21,247.70 ISub-Total 1,424,303.89 13% HST 185,159.51 ITOTAL TENDER 1,609,463.40 this tender is divided into 4 parts. It is the intent of the Owner to award Parts 1 & 2. Parts 3 & 4 will be reassessed when reviewing tenders and all or any of those parts may be deleted. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' T-A STANDARD TENDER REQUIREMENTS I/We agree to complete the work within the time specified in the Information to Bidders. ' I/We also agree that this Tender is subject to a formal contract being prepared and executed. I/We also agree that the Owner shall have the option of: Deleting any Part or Parts shown in the Tender. ' In submitting this Tender for the work, the Tenderer further declares: (a) That no person, firm or corporation other than the one whose signature or seal is attached below, has any interest in this tender or in the contract proposed to be taken; ' (b) That this tender is made without any connection, knowledge, comparison of figures or arrangement with any other company, firm or person making a tender for the same work ' and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud; ' (c) That no member of the Municipal Council or any officer of the Owner will become interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party without disclosing his interest and otherwise complying with"the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act, RSO 1990"; ' (d) That the offer shown in the Schedule of Items and Prices is to continue open to acceptance until the formal contract is executed by the successful Tenderer for the said ' work or until thirty (30) days after the tender closing date, whichever event occurs first and that the Owner may at any time within that period without notice, accept this tender whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not; (e) That if we, the undersigned, withdraw this tender before the Owner shall have considered the tenders and awarded the contract at any time within thirty (30) days after the tender closing date, the amount of the deposit accompanying this tender shall be forfeited to the Owner; (f) Thatawardingby the the Owner of the contract based on this tender shall be an acceptance of the tender; (g) The Tenderer solemnly declares that the several matters stated in the foregoing tender are ' in all respects true; ' T-A Parts.doc 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T-B (h) That if this tender is accepted, we the undersigned agree to furnish an approved surety I bond for the proper fulfilment of the contract and to execute the Agreement in triplicate within ten(10) days after being notified so to do. In the event of default or failure on our part to do so, we the undersigned agree that the Owner shall be at liberty to retain the I money deposited by us to the use of the Owner, and to accept the next lowest or any tender or to advertise for new tenders or to carry out the works in any other way deemed best and we also agree to pay to the said Owner the difference between this tender and I any greater sum which the Owner may expend or incur by reason of such default or failure, or by reason of such acting, as aforesaid, on their part including the cost of any advertising for new tenders and to indemnify and save harmless the said Owner and its I officers from all loss, damage, cost, charges and expenses which they may suffer or be put to by reason of any such default or failure on our part. I The"Agreement to Bond" of the Aviva Company, a company lawfully doing business in the Province of Ontario, to furnish a Performance Bond and a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond, each in an amount equal Ito 100%of the contract price, is enclosed herewith. A bid bond for the sum of Sixty Five Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents I ($65,000.00) is attached hereto. IDATED AT London this 2nd day of March , 20 21 . I 1 [Signed) (Signed and Sealed) Signature of Witness Signature of Bidder NOTE: IAll tenders submitted must be signed by a duly authorized person and either a company seal must be affixed, or it must be signed by a witness. I I IT-B 2 Bonds bid bond.docx I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ISTATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS The following is a list of Sub-Contractors or Sub-Trades intended to be used in the execution of I the contract showing the approximate portion of the work to be allotted to each. 1. Sub-Contractor E.C. King I Name and Address Owen Sound, ON Item No. /Description Asphalt IPercent of Contract 10% 2. Sub-Contractor Autoform Name and Address London, ON IItem No. /Description Concrete Percent of Contract 5% I 3. Sub-Contractor Mobil Services IName and Address London, ON Item No. /Description Line Painting IPercent of Contract 0.1% I 4. Sub-Contractor Clausen Farms Name and Address Exeter, ON IItem No. /Description Pulverize Percent of Contract 0.4% I 5. Sub-Contractor Huron Landscape Name and Address Lucknow, ON IItem No. /Description Sod 1 Percent of Contract 0.9% 6. Sub-Contractor C.C. Dance Sewer Cleaning ' Name and Address London, ON IItem No. /Description Sewer Video Percent of Contract 0.1% Z:\2005 0-Kincardine-Maple_St_Reconstruction\W P\Contract\20050-Sub-Contractors.docx I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 AGREEMENT TO BOND (PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOUR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND) ** s Date: , 20 PROJECT NO. ICONTRACT NO. TO: Dear Sirs: RE: IIIIn consideration of (hereinafter referred to as "the Owner") accepting the tender of and executing an Agreement with: (hereinafter referred to as "the Tenderer") for the construction of subject to the express conditions that the Owner receive the Performance Bond and the Labour and Material Payment Bond in accordance with the said tender, we the undersigned hereby agree with the Owner to become bound to the Owner as surety for the Tenderer in a Performance Bond and a Labour and I Material Payment Bond each in an amount equal to 100%of the contract price, in the forms of Performance Bond and Labour and Material Payment Bond provided and in accordance with the said tender, and we agree to furnish the Owner with said Bonds within seven (7) days after notification of the acceptance of the said tender and execution of the said Agreement by the Owner has been mailed to us. Yours very truly, (Seal) NOTE: This Agreement to Bond must be executed on behalf of the Surety Company by its authorized officers under the company's corporate seal. Of the two forms bound herein, one shall become a part of the tender and the other shall be retained by the Surety Company. ** Enter the name and address of the Surety Company at the top of the page. F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\AgToBond-2bonds.doc i I I I I 1 I I t 1 I I I I I I 1 1 I I I 1 SCHEDULE OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL CONDITIONS & STANDARDS 1 The work specified in this contract will be performed in strict accordance with the following plans, specifications, General Conditions, standards, etc. for the Municipality of Kincardine (Tiverton), Maple Street Reconstruction, Contract No. 20050. A. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Pages SP-1 to SP-64 B. PLANS - Drawing Nos. 1 to 5 C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS - Pages IB-1 to IB-6 D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis mutandis. Only the most recent specifications shall apply to this contract. OPSS—Municipal and Provincial Common 408-Nov/15 710-Nov/10 OPSS.MUNI—Municipal Oriented 206-Apr/19 314-Nov/19 401-Nov/18 412-Nov/18 501-Nov/17 706-Apr/18 351-Nov/19 402-Nov/16 421-Nov/18 506-Nov/17 310-Nov/17 353-Nov/19 405-Nov/17 441-Nov/16 510-Nov/18 802-Nov/19 311-Nov/18 355-Nov/20 407-Nov/20 442-Nov/20 511-Nov/19 803-Apr/18 312-Nov/18 409-Nov/17 491-Nov/17 517-Nov/18 805-Nov/18 410-Nov/18 492-Nov/20 518-Apr/17 E. STANDARD DRAWINGS Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis 1 mutandis. Only the most recent drawings shall apply to this contract. OPSD - Municipal and Provincial Common 1 310.010 310.050 600.030 701.010 802.014 809.010 1103.010 310.020 351.010 600.040 701.021 802.030 810.010 1103.020 310.033 400.110 608.010 704.010 802.031 1003.010 1104.010 310.039 401.010 610.010 802.010 802.032 1006.010 1109.010 1006.020 BMROSS - Standard Drawings 208 702 800M 1000 1002 1114 1115 1116 9001 F FORM OF TENDER G. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS H. GENERAL CONDITIONS - OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2019 I. AGREEMENT J. CONTRACT RELEASE K. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS, LIABILITIES & PAYMENT OF 1 ACCOUNTS I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t I I I I I I I I SPECIAL PROVISIONS I INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS I General I Management of Excess Materials SP-1 Design and Submission Requirements SP-1 Restoration SP-5 111Public Notices SP-6 Dust Control SP-6 Garbage Collection and Blue Box Recycling SP-7 I Protection of Trees SP-7 Item No. 1 Earth Excavation SP-7 Item No. 2 Dust Suppressants and Compaction SP-10 Item Nos. 3-4 Granular A and Granular B Type I SP-11 Item No. 5 Hot Mix Asphalt SP-11 Item No. 6 Removal of Bituminous Pavement (Outside Excavation) SP-15 Item No. 7 Adjust Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins to Grade SP-16111 Item No. 8 Supply Maintenance Hole and/or Catch Basin Frames & Grates SP-16 Item No. 9 Removal of Existing Catch Basins and IPCB SP-16 ' Item No. 10 Removal of Concrete Curb or Curb and Gutter SP-17 Item No. 11 Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems SP-17 I Item No. 12 Removal of Concrete Sidewalk and Drives SP-18 Item No. 13 Place Concrete Sidewalk and Drives SP-18 Item No. 14 Supply and Install Detectable Warning Surfaces for Pedestrian Crossing SP-21 Item No. 15 Topsoil (Imported) SP-22 Item No. 16 Sodding (Nursery, Unstaked) SP-22 I Item No. 17 Supply & Relay Precast Concrete Unit Pavers SP-23 Item No.18 Pavement Markings SP-23 I Item No. 19 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers SP-24 Item No. 20 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast, SP-27 Maintenance Holes and Maintenance Hole-Catch Basins, OPSD 701.010, including Frames and Grates Item No. 21 Relocate Existing Catch Basins SP-28 I Item No. 22 Supply and Place 150 mm Filter Wrapped Perforated SP-29 Subdrain including Excavation Item No. 23 Remove Culverts SP-29 I Item No. 24 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill. CSP Culverts SP-30 Item No. 25 Handlaid Rip Rap, including Non-Woven Geotextile SP-30 I Item No. 26 Install 100 mm PVC SDR-28 Storm Service Lateral SP-30 Item No. 27 Storm Sewer Cleanout SP-32 I I I 1 Item No. 28 Erosion Control SP-33 Item No. 29 Camera Inspect Existing Storm Sewer SP-33 I Item No. 30 Sanitary Sewer Pipe SP-33 Item No. 31 Installation of Sanitary Services SP-36 I Item No. 32 Construct Maintenance Hole Drop Structures SP-38 Item No. 33 Re-benching of Existing Sanitary Maintenance Holes SP-38 Item No. 34 Sanitary Sewer Service Cleanout, 100mm Cleanout Risers and SP-38 1 4 m long 150 mm Stubs Item Nos. 35-39 Watermain Installation SP-39 I Item No. 40 Swabing, Hydrostatic Pressure Testing, Disinfection and SP-52 Flushing of Watermains Item Nos. 41-42 Forcemains SP-57 rItem No. 43 Testing, Flushing and Swabbing of Forcemains SP-60 Item No. 44 Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety SP-61 111 Item No. 45 Bonding and Insurance SP-62 Item No. 46 Lump Sum for Other Requirements SP-63 I Item No. 47 Additional Trench Excavation SP-63 Item No. 48 Rigid Board Insulation SP-63 I Item No. 49 Reconnect Existing Drains and Services (up to 250 mm dia.) SP-64 Item No. 50 Contingencies SP-64 I I I I I I I I I SP-1 MANAGEMENT OF EXCESS MATERIALS 111 All excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor, and the Contractor's unit I price bid for the item shall include the cost of sampling, analysis/laboratory testing, loading, hauling, dumping, and grading. The Contractor's management of excess materials shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 180, Ontario Regulation 153/04 and Ontario Regulation 406/19 under the Environmental Protection Act(EPA) and the Rules for Soil Management and Excess Soil Quality Standards (Soil Rules) that form part of O.Reg. 406/19. On-site and excess soil management isgoverned byO.Reg. 153/04 and O.Reg. 406/19 under the g g g EPA. When the volume of excess soil to be removed from the project area is determined to be 350 m3 or less, the Soil Quality Standard Tables for the soil are governed by O.Reg. 153/04. When the excess soil volume exceeds 350 m3, the Soil Quality Standard Tables for the soil are governed by O.Reg. 406/19. The number of samples to be collected from the in-situ or stockpiled volume of soil, p pas applicable, that is determined to be excess and is to be removed from the site is governed by the Soil Rules of O.Reg. 406/19. Specifically, the number of soil samples required are outlined in111 PART I, Section B, Sub-Section 3, Paragraph 15 (In-Situ Sampling) and Paragraph 16 (Stockpile Sampling) and are based on the volume of excess soil in-situ or ex-situ(stockpiled). i DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS The soil samples shall be collected immediately from test holes (refer to Item 1) upon r commencement of work on site or as soon as possible following award of the Contract by the Owner. It is anticipated that more than 6300 m3 of excess soil measured in-situ will be generated by this project. The Owner shall hire and utilize a Qualified Person (QP), as defined in O.Reg 406/19. The QP will be responsible for collecting and submitting the required number of soil samples required by the Regulations prior to the Contractor removing any excess soil from the site. The Contractor shall provide 10 days of advance notice for when they would like to complete the test holes to assist with sample collection. A minimum of 3 soil samples shall be collected for the first 600 m3 of soil, plus another sample , shall be collected for every additional 200 m3 of excess soil generated, up to 10,000 m3 of total excess soil. Samples shall be tested for all parameters listed in Table 2.1: Full Depth Excess Soil Quality Standards in a Potable Ground Water Condition found in Part II: Excess Soil Quality Standards (ESQS) of the Soil Rules. The Owner's QP and the Contract Administrator shall make the final decision on the number of soil samples to be collected. The minimum number shall be as per O. Reg. 406/19. The Owner shall have the QP present the day that test holes are completed so that the soil can be considered in-situ. It is anticipated the soil will meet Table 2.1 criteria of the Excess Soil Quality Standards (ESQS) of O.Reg. 406/19 however, should any results exceed Table 2.1 criteria(with the exception of EC and/or SAR), the Contractor and QP shall work with the Contract Administrator to establish a suitable disposal plan and any additional disposal costs for the contaminated soil shall be managed through the applicable items. I I SP-2 IThe QP will be responsible for submitting, to the Contract Administrator and the Contractor, the sample results and a soil characterization report following the requirements outlined in O.Reg. I 406/19. The Contractor, with assistance from the QP, will be responsible for securing a disposal (reuse) site and for submitting documentation to the Contract Administrator which details the receiving site owner's written acceptance of the excess soil for reuse (i.e. OPSF 180-1, Site I Selection Notification for Stockpiling Materials Managed Through Re-Use, or OPSF 180-2, Site Selection Notification for Material Managed as Disposable Fill, or OPSF 180-3, Property Owner's Release or equivalent). The conditions of O. Reg. 406/19 require a suitable reuse site to I have a beneficial purpose for the material being imported and the quantity and quality of the excess soil must be suitable and placed for that purpose. The documentation detailing the receiving site owner's written acceptance of the material and the soil characterization report must 1 be provided to the Contract Administrator prior to removing any excess material from site. The subsurface soil condition and environmental quality of the soils within the work area may I vary between and beyond the sampled locations. If soils are encountered during the construction activities that appear to have been environmentally impacted by contaminants and do not otherwise match the analytical results and testing classifications of the soil characterization I report, these soils should be segregated into separate stockpiles (plastic sheeting placed below and above the stockpile) and inspected at that time to determine appropriate sampling, handling and/or disposal requirements. The Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator an I operating procedure that outlines what must occur if any person working in the project area makes an observation during soil excavation, including any visual or olfactory observation, that suggests that the soil being excavated may be contaminated. The requirements of the procedure 1 are to follow O.Reg. 406/19, shall be developed by a QP and be provided to the Contractor at the Pre-Construction meeting. I OPSS.MUNI 180.04.01.01 Notification of Site Selection, and Property Owner Release A copy of the completed form OPSF 180-1, Site Selection Notification for Stockpiling Materials Managed Through Re-Use, or OPSF 180-2, Site Selection Notification for Material Managed as I Disposable Fill or both shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator and the property owner at the pre-construction meeting, IAt the end of each month, the Contractor shall submit a completed OPSF-3 Property Owner's Release form to the Contract Administrator. IWhen the work is substantially performed or if substantial performance was not requested, at completion of the work, a completed final copy of the form OPSF 180-3, Property Owner's Release, covering the entirety of the project, shall be provided to the Contract Administrator. IStarting January 2022, if the theoretical volume of excess material exceeds 2,000 cubic metres, the Owner or the Owner's representative will register the project with the MECP Registry as per IO. Reg 406/19 On-site and Excess Soil Management. The Owner's QP shall supply all required documentation to satisfy the MECP. I I 1 SP-3 t OPSS.MUNI 180.04.01.06 Excess Material Audit or Inventory Document shall be amended as follows: An excess material audit or inventory will be imposed for this contract as per O.Reg 406/19. A copy of the audit or inventory documents, as prepared by the Contractor, shall be provided to the Contract Administrator monthly. At a minimum, the audit/inventory document shall include the ' following: the Contractor's Name; the haulers contact information; a listing of how much excess soil was disposed of off-site; where it was disposed of, what the beneficial reuse was, as well as the date and time of each load. , Upon completion of the contract, the Contractor shall submit all documentation required by OPSS.MUNI 180, O.Reg. 406/19 and O.Reg. 153/04 under the Environmental Protection Act. ' The Contractor shall comply with the Environmental Protection Act, including O.Reg 347/90 (as amended) and shall use appropriately licensed haulers and receivers for all waste transportation ' and disposal, as required. The Owner has not designated or identified specific haulers, receivers, and/or disposal sites for ' excess materials generated under this Contract. The Contractor is solely responsible for identifying and selecting appropriate haulers, receivers, and/or disposal sites required to complete the work. ' OPSS.MUNI 180.07.02 Conditions on Management by Re-Use Management of excess material, that is geotechnically suitable for re-use through incorporation into the work or other designated re-use shall be placed beneath asphalt and not along a property line. Any reuse of the on-site soils (assumed to be impacted by salt) outside the paved portion of the project should be restricted to below 1.5m in depth within the boulevards. OPSS.MUNI 180.07.03 Conditions on Management as Disposable Fill- Salt Impacted Soils (All Other Concentrations Below Table 2.1 ESQS) Should excess soil be exported from the work area for off-site reuse, such soils must be free of staining; petroleum hydrocarbons (PHC)- or solvent-like odours, and/or debris. Reuse Site options may include, but may not be limited to: • Other development projects, in accordance with the Rules for Soil Management and Excess Soil Quality Standards ("Soil Rules") • Site Alteration Permit Properties (SAPPs) having appropriate approval to accept such salt-impacted soil; and • Aggregate pits having appropriate approval to accept such salt-impacted soil. I The deposit of this material on a Reuse Site is also subject to the following conditions: • The Reuse Site must provide written consent to accept the soil • The intended Reuse Site must be made aware of the elevated levels of SAR, so that they may dispose of, or place, the soil appropriately and in accordance with the Soil Rules SP-4 ' • The Reuse Site must have a beneficial purpose for the material being imported and the quantity of soil must be suitable and placed for that purpose. Consultation with a ' geotechnical engineer or qualified person may be required. • The moisture content of the material is suitable for transportation. • The excess soil must be finally placed no later than two years after it is deposited at the ' Reuse Site. Other considerations should include: • Ensuring appropriate drainage patterns are maintained during and following placement at the Reuse Site. • Ensuring the protection of natural heritage features (wetlands and woodlands) during the and following placement at the receiving site, including the use of erosion controls. Alternatively, these soils could also be transferred to Class 1 or Class 2 Soil Management Sites or a Local Waste Transfer Facility as per OPSS.MUNI 180.07.05 Conditions on Management by Disposal as Non-Hazardous Solid Industrial or Commercial Waste The subsurface soil condition and environmental quality of the soils within the work area may vary between and beyond the borehole and sampled locations. If soils are encountered during the construction activities that appear to have been environmentally impacted and not addressed herein,these soils should be segregated into separate stockpiles(plastic sheeting placed below and above the stockpile)and inspected at that time to determine appropriate sampling,handling and/or disposal requirements. OPSS.MUNI 180.07.05 Conditions on Management byDisposal as Non-Hazardous Solid g P Industrial or Commercial Waste(Above the Table 1 Soils Standards under O.Reg 153/04 as amended). ' Excess soil found to be in exceedance of Table 2.1 of the ESQS (other than soil that exceeds Table 2.1 for SAR and/or EC) should be delineated, separated and transferred to an appropriate reuse/disposal sites. In accordance with O.Reg. 406/19, appropriate receivers may include: I • Other development projects, in accordance with the Soil Rules/Beneficial Reuse Assessment Tool (BRAT); • Site Alteration Permit Properties (SAPPs) having appropriate approval to accept such PHC-impacted soil; and • Class 1 Soil Management Sites; • Class 2 Soil Management Sites; and ' • Local Waste Transfer Facility. OPSS.MUNI 180.07.04 Conditions on Management Management of excess material by open burning is not permitted. I SP-5 1 Asphalt pavement and/or prime surface asphalt required for removal in carrying out the work of 111 the various tender items included in this contract shall be disposed of either within the roadbed or outside the contract limits. I Disposal outside the contract limits shall be at a certified waste disposal site for asphalt. Disposal of asphalt within the roadbed must be crushed/pulverized and not contaminated with ' non-granular material. The crushed/pulverized asphalt may be used for backfill to sewers or as selected fill material. ' Concrete shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits. Asbestos Cement Pipe shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits at a I certified waste disposal site for asbestos. RESTORATION , When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provision, the unit price bid for the appropriate item(s) shall include complete restoration. All restoration shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements. Restoration Beyond the Limits of General Grading Operations , When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provisions, the unit price bid for the appropriate item(s) shall include restoration beyond the general grading operations. Contract items are provided for the restoration of work within the general grading operations. Restoration of areas beyond the general grading operations shall be included in the unit price of the item. Areas beyond the general grading operations include, but are not limited to, stockpile locations, areas disturbed by equipment or material storage sites or service connections. All restoration shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements. General Restoration Requirements All restoration shall be in accordance with OPSS 492 and the following: (a) Lawn Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing ground, followed by nursery sod approved by the Contract Administrator. (b) Non-lawn, Non-roadway areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing ground, followed by an approved seed and mulch application. (c) Where existing roadway/driveway is paved -- 300 mm minimum of imported Granular B Type I, 150 mm of imported Granular A, and 50 mm of HL-3 in driveways, or 1-40 mm lift of HL-3 and 1-50mm lift of HL-4 minimum in roadways or to match the depth of existing asphalt. Where 2 or more lifts of asphalt are required against existing pavement, a stepped joint shall be prepared by removing 0.5 m wide by the depth of the existing surface course prior to paving. 111 (d) Where existing roadway/driveway is gravel -- 300 mm of imported Granular B Type I; and 150 mm of imported Granular A. I 1 SP-6 (e) Where existing driveway is concrete -- 300 mm minimum of imported Granular B Type I and 150 mm of imported Granular A; for residential drives -- 150 mm of 30 MPa concrete with crushed limestone; and for commercial drives -- 200 mm of 30 MPa concrete with crushed limestone. (f) Where existing driveway is brick or unit pavers—300 mm minimum of imported Granular B Type I and 150 mm of imported Granular A and 25 mm to 38 mm of limestone screening and match existing patterns. (g) All disturbed or damaged concrete structures, such as sidewalks, curbs and gutter, etc., shall ' be removed and replaced including 125 mm of Granular A. (h) Prior to the expiration of the maintenance holdback, the Contractor shall repair all settlements. Settlements of lawns, non-lawns or non-roadway areas shall be restored by ' applying sufficient topsoil to the settled area followed by an application of approved seed and mulch. Asphalt settlements shall be restored by milling the deficient area followed by the placement Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA). All repairs shall be in accordance with OPSS 802, OPSS.MUNI 804, and OPSS 310. (i) Salvaged granular material shall not be used above sub-grade or re-used as Granular B Type I unless a granular analysis is performed at the Contractor's expense. ' NOTE • In (a) and (b) above, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure a catch of grass at the termination of the contract. • The Contract Administrator/Owner may request the delay of the sod placement during hot and dry weather conditions. No additional payment or penalty will result from the delay. • All asphalt surfaces shall be saw-cut prior to resurfacing. ' • All concrete structures shall be saw-cut prior to replacement. PUBLIC NOTICES ' The Contractor shall notify all impacted property owners/tenants of impending disruptions to services and or access. The Notice shall be delivered 24 hours prior to the disruption and shall ' include a short description of the disruption, the probable timing and duration of the disruption, alternative actions that the owner/tenant should take while the work is being done i.e.) parking ' off site, and a contact person who could address any further questions. DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall take such steps as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from the operations either within the contract limits, on detours, or elsewhere, or by public traffic, ' where it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work. Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete, blades and ' grinders of the wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of dust, wherever dust would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the area where the work is being carried out. The cost of all preventative measures required by the Contract Administrator outside the limits of the contract shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of such measures within the contract shall be borne by the Contractor except in contracts where tender items include "Water for SP-7 I Compaction and Dust Control" or"Calcium Chloride" or both. In such cases, the Contractor shall be paid by the Owner at the contract unit price(s) for the appropriate item(s). GARBAGE COLLECTION AND BLUE BOX RECYCLING The Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordinating the collection of all garbage and blue box I recycling, within the limits of the contract during construction, with the appropriate authority. PROTECTION OF TREES I The Contractor's operations shall not cause damage to the roots, trunk or branches of trees, or flooding or sediment deposits on areas where trees are not designated for removal. I Protective measures shall be taken to safeguard trees from contract operations, equipment and vehicles. Unless stated elsewhere in the contract, equipment or vehicles shall not be parked, I repaired, refuelled, construction materials shall not be stored, and earth materials shall not be stockpiled within the dripline area of any tree not designated for removal. Where the contract requires work within the dripline of trees, operation of equipment shall be I kept to the minimum necessary to perform the work required. Limbs that are to be removed shall be cut back cleanly to the `collar'. Roots that are exposed shall be cut back cleanly. Pruning of I limbs and roots shall be done with sharp tools designed for the purpose. Pruning and root removal by excavating equipment is not allowed. Bark that is damaged by the Contractor's operation shall immediately be neatly trimmed back to I uninjured bark, without causing further injury. Tree damage shall NOT be treated with wound dressing. I When required and specified, barriers for tree protection shall be installed and maintained at a minimum height of 1.2m as detailed in OPSS.MUNI.801-Construction Specification for the I Protection of Trees. I ITEM NO. 1 EARTH EXCAVATION I GENERAL For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate to the required line and grade, or to new I limits as established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All excavated material shall be disposed of as outlined under OPSS.MUNI 180-General Specification for the I Management of Excess Materials and the General SP - Management of Excess Materials. The unit price bid shall also include all excavation and grading required for sidewalks and all I excavation required at side streets and entrances. The unit price bid shall include the removal and disposal of designated asphalt, including curbs and any other minor structures encountered during the course of construction if not included as a separate item in the contract. I I SP-8 ICONSTRUCTION I The Contractor shall make every effort to reuse excess material as suitable fill,within the project limits, if the material is geotechnically suitable. I The Contractor may be required to salvage existing granular material to be used as granular backfill for the roadbed sub-base and placed as established by the Contract Administrator. IThe Contractor shall give the local utility sufficient time after the road excavation is completed to do any work necessary regarding utilities before any granular backfill is placed for road sub- Ibase and base and prior to final preparation of the sub-grade. The Contractor shall restore each block for traffic before beginning excavation in any other I block. Access to commercial establishments will be maintained at all times by a method satisfactory to the Contract Administrator. Access to residential lots to be maintained at all times except when work is being performed immediately in front of the driveway or when concrete is Icuring. OPSS.MUNI 180.07.06 Conditions on Management by Stockpiling: IManagement of excess material by stockpiling shall be outside the Owner's property. I A temporary stockpile compound area site shall consist of an area measuring 20m x 20m square complete with plastic sheeting placed below and above the stockpile, and concrete blocks measuring a minimum of 600mm x 600mm x 1000mm placed around the perimeter. IENVIRONMENTAL TEST RESULTS I Bidders shall note, no soil samples have been sent to a provincially accredited laboratory for analysis. Prior to removal of excavated soil from this site, a copy of the test results should be forwarded to authorities at the receiving sites for approval. 1 Due to the lack of chemical testing, as required by O. Reg 406/19, the Owner is prepared to have additional soil samples tested prior to construction. The Owner shall compensate the Contractor for the excavation of test holes as noted on the Form of Tender. Contractors shall note, test Iholes shall be excavated prior to work commencing. I The Contractor shall supply all labour and equipment to excavate at the agreed upon locations. Samples will be taken by the Owner's Qualified Person (QP) and sent to a provincially accredited laboratory for testing. Upon receipt of the test results, the Contractor shall manage the I construction operations accordingly and without claim for project delays. I I SP-9 I With a better understanding of the existing soil conditions, the Contractor shall manage the , excess material in an environmental and economical acceptable manner. It is the Owner's expectation that the Contractor shall, to the best of their ability, reuse soil impacted with I elevated soil chemistry on-site. The volume of excess material, that has elevated chemistry, shall be kept to a minimum. Intended receiver of any excess soil from this project must be made aware of the test results, so ' that they may place, or dispose of the soil appropriately and in accordance with the current Soil Rules and Regulations. I The excess soil that is impacted with elevated soil chemistry levels, other than SAR and EC that cannot be reused on site, shall be hauled off-site by a licenced hauler and disposed of at a I licensed facility. All costs of hauling shall be included in the appropriate tender item. BASIS OF PAYMENT I The Form of Tender provides an estimate of the quantities of materials that fall under the various standards provided in 0. Reg. 153/04 (as amended). I Salt impacted soils (All other concentrations below Table 1 Excess Soil Quality Standards (ESQS) I Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per cubic metre based on the theoretical calculated end areas for the roadbed excavation and theoretical volume for entrance excavation. I Soils above Table 1 ESQS and Table 2.1 ESQS (Provisional) Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per tonne based on weigh tickets from the 111 waste facility. Included in this item will be costs of managing of material, hauling to the temporary stockpile location, the reloading of material back on to trucks, the cost of hauling the I material to a licenced waste management facility and the tipping fees at the facility. No additional payment will be made for the excavation, handling, and disposal or re-use of I material excavated from the site, which meets Excess Soil Quality Standards, Table 2.1, or where all Table 2.1 criteria are met except for either SAR, Electrical Conductivity (EC) or both Temporary Stockpile 111 The Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to construct the stockpile I compound and manage the drainage and run-off The stockpile shall measure 20m x 20m (min.). Payment for this item will be: • 50% for the initial construction I • 40% to be paid proportional to the permanent work completed • 10% for removal I I I I SP-10 ITest Holes I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to excavate test holes within the construction limits for the purpose of the QP to take soil samples for environmental testing and include the restoration of the excavation afterwards. INo compensation will be provided to the Contractor for delays while the Owner's representative is sampling the soil from the excavation and assessing the analytical results. IAny geotechnical consulting fees or chemical analysis fees requested by the re-use site owner, shall be excluded from payment. I ITEM NO. 2 IDUST SUPPRESSANTS AND COMPACTION For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the I application of water and calcium chloride solids when requested by the Contract Administrator, or upon approval of the Contract Administrator. I Dust suppressants shall be applied in a manner that avoids ponding, runoff, drifting, and tracking of the material beyond the area of application. I Water, for compaction shall be applied, as necessary, to achieve the degree of compaction specified. IGeneral The proper use and application of the dust suppressants is the responsibility of the Contractor I and is subject to applicable Ministry of the Environment, Parks and Conservation requirements under legislation such as the Environmental Protection Act(EPA) and the Ontario Water Resources Act. IMaterials IWater shall be free of contaminants that could adversely affect fill material or the environment. Calcium chloride solid solution shall be in accordance with OPSS 2501. Should the Contractor I choose to use a calcium chloride solution, the Contractor shall submit the mix design indicating the percentage of solid calcium chloride. Dust suppressants containing waste material are not approved for use. IMeasurement for Payment IMeasurement for water shall be by cubic meters based on the tank size. Measurement for calcium chloride solid shall be mass in tonnes. Measurement for calcium chloride solution shall be by mass of equivalent solid based on the submitted mix design. 111 I SP-11 1 ITEM NOS. 3 & 4 I GRANULAR A AND GRANULAR B TYPE I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour equipment and materials required to I place, fine grade and compact Granular A and Granular B materials required in the roadway for roadbed, subdrains, shouldering, driveways, under the sidewalk and curb and gutter, which are I applicable to this contract as per OPSS.MUNI.314. All other Granular A or Granular B Type I materials required shall be included in the unit prices bid for those items where material is required. I Granular material shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Gravel Ticket Requirements I • A minimum of 2 copies of the weigh tickets shall be delivered to the site. One copy is to remain with the Contract Administrators site representative. I • Source of material • Description/type of granular material shall be noted on the ticket I • Intended use of material shall be noted on the ticket • Truck number/driver or some other form of identification shall be noted on the ticket • Gross tonnes, Tare tonnes and Net tonnes shall be noted on the ticket I• Must be legible • Must be submitted daily Measurement for Payment I Measurement for Granular A and Granular B shall be by the tonne based on tickets provided , upon delivery of the material to the site. Granular tickets must be submitted daily to ensure payment. Illegible tickets may be considered invalid. I ITEM NO. 5 HOT MIX ASPHALT I General For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials, for the I execution of paving work in accordance with OPSS.MUNI.310 for Marshall mixes of Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA). I The Contractor's unit price bid for this item shall also include all ramping, transverse joints, and/or removal of all transverse joints and all deramping at structures, sidewalk drops and I driveway entrances, as identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. If applicable, tack coating will be included and paid as a separate item in the contract. I All asphalt plant operations shall comply with municipal regulations and ordinances governing the area in which the plant is located. I I SP-12 IPrequalification I The road paving contractor for this project must have a current Ministry of Transportation (MTO) Financial/Qualification Rating of$1M or greater in the General Road Classification of work category. 111 This qualification will not be required for miscellaneous paving of patches, boulevards or driveways. IThe road paving contractor for this project must be prepared to provide their MTO Financial/Qualification Rating document to the Owner or Contractor Administrator if requested. The Contractor will be required to submit a mix design for approval prior to commencing the paving operations. 1 310.05 Materials Performance graded asphalt cement shall be PG 58-28. The Performance Graded Asphalt ICement(PGAC) will conform to OPSS.MUNI 1101 for the specified grade. OPSS 1150.04.01.01.01 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Portions has been amended as follows: IRAP is not permitted in HL-1 and DFC. I The use of: a) Up to 15%by mass of RAP shall be permitted for HL-3, HL-3F, HL-4 and HL-4F surface course mixes. I b) Up to 20% by mass of RAP shall be permitted for HL-4, HL-8 and medium duty binder mixes. c) Over 20% by mass of RAP is not permitted for any mix. 1 310.06 Equipment OPSS.MUNI.310 is amended in that no surface trial coat area shall be required under this Icontract. Prior to paving, the Contractor shall submit a list of equipment that will be used. The list shall I identify the make& model of the paving equipment and rollers. For the rollers, the Contractor shall also identify the Class of Roller and identify the Minimum Roller Combinations to be used on the contract as per Table 5 of OPSS.MUNI.310. 1 310.07 Construction The Contractor is responsible for all Quality Control (QC)testing. The QC documentation shall I be made available to the Contract Administrator upon request. A through lane paving course shall be completed prior to placement of adjacent side roads, speed change lanes and other paved areas. 1 310.07.05 Sampling OPSS 310.07.05.01 Asphalt Cement - Asphalt cement sampling and testing is not a requirement Iof the contract. SP-13 I OPSS 310.07.05.02 Hot Mix Asphalt- When the Hot Mix Price Adjustment is part of the I contract, Hot Mix asphalt sampling and testing is a requirement of the contract and all costs are to be paid by the Contractor. Sample sizes and frequency of samples shall be as per Table 6 of I OPSS 310. 310.07.08- Widenings and Irregular Sections - 450 mm stepped joints are required when I placing HMA adjacent to existing paved areas with an existing asphalt depth of 80 mm or more. 310.07.09 - Hot Mix Asphalt Padding - Padding shall be placed prior to placing the surface I course of asphalt. The tonnage required for HMA padding will be included with the appropriate HMA item. 310.07.11.03- Transverse Joints - The third paragraph has been amended as follows: a) When a binder course is placed flush against an existing HMA pavement and a butt joint is to be made, the existing pavement shall be trimmed back to form a straight vertical surface. I When the surface course is to be placed at a later date, temporary ramping shall be provided as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 208 —Asphalt Joint Detail for Transverse Joints. 310.07.13 Tolerances I The paving tolerance of OPSS.MUNI.310.07.13 shall be reviewed upon completion. Should the deviations exceed 6 mm on the binder course or 3 mm on the surface course, as measured in any I direction with a 3m straight edge, the Contractor shall correct these deviations to the satisfaction of the Road Authority. Paving tolerances are not applicable to irregular sections of paving, or within 3 m of a butt joint with an existing HMA pavement. I 310.08 Quality Assurance Quality Control laboratory testing shall be used for acceptance in place of Quality Assurance , laboratory test results. All other Quality Assurance testing shall be performed by the Contract Administrator. 310.09 Measurement for Payment ' Measurement for payment of hot mix asphalt shall be by mass in tonnes based on tickets provided upon delivery of the material to the site, unless specified otherwise. Hot mix tickets must be submitted daily to ensure payment. Illegible tickets may be considered invalid. Tack coat shall be included in the unit price bid unless tack coat is listed as a separate item I Winter heat shall be included in the unit price bid unless winter heat is listed as a separate item Hot Mix Miscellaneous—Driveways and Paved Boulevards III The Contractor shall also take note that Hot Mix Miscellaneous paving is to be performed at designated drives, boulevards and areas behind the curb or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. This hand laid asphalt will only apply to areas that, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, do not permit the operation of a paving I machine. The supply of the HL-3 for these areas shall be included under the item for Hot Mix Miscellaneous. Hot Mix Price Adjustment shall not be calculated for Hot Mix Miscellaneous. Rural entrances shall be graded as per OPSD 301.010 or OPSD 301.020. 1 ' SP-14 Hot Mix Miscellaneous shall be measured in square metres. In areas where Hot Mix Miscellaneous is designated on the plans and more than one 50 mm lift of Hot Mix is required, 111 measurement for payment will be made for two single courses of Hot Mix where required. Hot Mix Ticket Requirements • A minimum of 2 copies of the weigh tickets shall be delivered to the site. One copy is to remain with the Contract Administrators site representative. ' • Description/type of hot mix material shall be noted on the ticket • Truck number/driver or some other form of identification shall be noted on the ticket • Gross tonnes, Tare tonnes and Net tonnes shall be noted on the ticket • Must be legible • Must be submitted daily Hot Mix Price Adjustment for HL-3 and HL-4 Payment to the Contractor for hot mix HL-3 and HL-4 to be based on changes to the Ministry of Transportation's performance graded asphalt cement price index as presented herein. The price index will be published monthly in the MTO Contract Bulletin and displayed on the OHMPA (w vv.ol pa.org) and the MTO website (\vwti,.raymto.goy.on.ca). The price index will be used to calculate the amount of the payment adjustment per tonne of new asphalt cement ' accepted into the Work. The price index will be based on the price, excluding taxes, FOB the depots in the Toronto area, of asphalt cement grade PG 58-28 or equivalent. One index will be used to establish and calculate the payment adjustment for all grades. ' A payment adjustment per tonne of new asphalt cement will be established for each month in which paving occurs when the price index for the month differs by more than 5% from the price index established by the Contract Administrator. When the price index differential is less ' than 5%, there will be no payment adjustment for that month. Payment adjustments due to changes in the price index are independent of any other payment adjustments made to hot mix tender items. The payment adjustment per tonne will apply to the quantity of new asphalt cement in the hot mix accepted into the Work during the month for which it is established. The payment adjustment for the month will be calculated from the following formulae: ' Asphalt Cement Price Adjustment, PA I Paving Within Approved Paving Beyond Approved ' P Contract Time Contract Time Ip> 1.OSITo PA= (Ip - 1.OSITo) x TAG PA= (IAT - 1.OSIT0 x TAG Ip <0.95IT0 PA= (0.95ITo—Ip) x TAG I SP-15 SP 5 Where: , PA = payment adjustment for new asphalt cement, in dollars ITo = performance graded asphalt cement price index for the month prior to Tender Opening ' or price index established by the contract Administrator as noted below Ip = performance graded asphalt cement price index for the month in which paving occurs 'AT performance graded asphalt cement price index for the month of expiry of approved I Contract Time TAG = quantity of new asphalt cement in tonnes The tender price and Hot Mix Price Adjustment will be based on$800/tonne liquid asphalt. The quantity of new asphalt cement includes all grades of asphalt cement supplied by the I Contractor with and without polymer modifiers. For each month in which a payment adjustment has been established, the quantity will be calculated using the hot mix quantity accepted into the Work and its corresponding asphalt cement content as required by the job mix formula except for mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement. For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement, the increase due the Contractor or the rebate due the owner will be calculated as if virgin hot mix asphalt has been supplied. This fairly reflects the increasing value of the Contractor's RAP pile when AC prices are increasing and the opposite when they are declining. For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement, or roof shingle tabs, or both, the quantity of new asphalt cement will be determined from the difference between the asphalt cement content required by the job mix formula and the asphalt cement content of the reclaimed asphalt pavement, or the roof shingle tabs, or both incorporated into the hot mix, as calculated by the Contract Administrator. For mixes containing a liquid anti-stripping additive, the quantity of anti-stripping additive will 111be deducted from the quantity of new asphalt cement. No other deductions will be made for any other additives. For progress payment purposes, payment adjustments will be made on the monthly progress , payment certificate for the months in which hot mix paving occurs. ITEM NO. 6 REMOVAL OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (OUTSIDE EXCAVATION) ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and equipment required to remove and dispose of bituminous pavement from those areas shown on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. This item will only be used for removal of asphalt where the earth excavation item is not applicable and will include saw-cutting, if required. ' Disposal of asphalt shall be as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Materials. 111I SP-16 ITEM NO. 7 ADJUST EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS TO GRADE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to adjust the designated maintenance holes or catch basins to the grade established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The frames and grates shall be adjusted by removing or placing additional precast concrete adjustment units as per OPSS 408 and OPSD 704.010. ' Parging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. Restoration Boulevard removal and restoration around structures shall be included in the price bid per each and shall include placing topsoil and sod for all disturbed areas where applicable. All work shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. ' ITEM NO. 8 SUPPLY MAINTENANCE HOLE AND/OR CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATES ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to install maintenance hole or catch basin frame and covers as specified in the Tender Form, as designated on the drawings or by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All ' existing frames and grates removed, where applicable, are the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to the Owner's yard at the Contractor's expense. ITEM NO. 9 REMOVAL OF CATCH BASINS AND IPCB For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to excavate, remove and dispose of the maintenance holes and catch basins shown on the drawings or as indicated by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall backfill the excavation with Granular B Type I, compact the excavation and dispose of all debris to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. All existing frames and grates removed are the property of the owner and shall be delivered to the owner's yard at the Contractor's expense. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to seal off any existing pipes or reconnect to new outlets. The Contractor shall note here that catch basins constructed from inverted sewer tile shall not be ' considered for payment. Management of excess materials shall be as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Materials. SP-17 ' ITEM NO. 10 I REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER For the unit price bid the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment, and materials required to remove and dispose of existing concrete curb or curb and gutter as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price bid shall include the cost of saw cutting the existing concrete curb to provide a straight joint between the existing and new curb. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of saw cutting the existing asphalt pavement adjacent to the curb and gutter being removed. ' Management of excess materials shall be as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Materials. ' ITEM NO. 11 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER SYSTEMS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required ' for the complete construction of the specified style of concrete curb & gutter, in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 353 —Construction Specification for Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems. General Concrete shall conform with CAN/CSA A23.1 and shall be Exposure Class C-2 with the , following specifications: • 32 MPa ' • 0.45 w/c ratio • 5-8% Air Entrainment The submitted concrete mix design shall indicate the expected slump and if it is permitted to add water to the concrete mix on-site without exceeding the specified w/c ratio. When placing concrete curb and gutter by the slip form method, contraction joints shall be saw- cut in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent 111uncontrolled cracking. The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 5.0 metres. When the concrete sidewalk is to be poured against the curb and gutter, contraction joints shall 111 be saw-cut in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking. The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 3.0 metres. When placing concrete curb and gutter systems by the formwork method, the formwork shall be ' accordance with OPSS 919-Construction Specification for Formwork and Falsework. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the intent to use formwork at the pre- construction meeting. ' SP-18 ' Cold Weather Concreting- The placing and protection of concrete curb and gutter systems in cold weather shall be in accordance to OPSS.MUNI.904—Construction Specification for Concrete Structures. No additional payment will be made for compliance with OPSS.MUNI.904. ' Termination When required, the Contractor shall provide end termination treatments as per OPSD 608.010. ITEM NO. 12 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to remove and dispose of concrete sidewalks and drives as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price bid shall include saw cutting existing concrete sidewalk or drives at the limits established by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage, including damage to existing buildings, during the removal of existing sidewalks and drives, where applicable. No. 22 Maple Street The Contractor shall saw cut around the address numbers that have been cast into the concrete and carefully salvage the concrete slab as it will be re-set into the driveway. Excavated material and concrete shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Management of Excess Materials. ITEM NO. 13 PLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVES For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to ' place concrete sidewalks and drives where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction in accordance with OPSS 351. General Concrete shall conform with CAN/CSA A23.1 and shall be Exposure Class C-2 with the ' following specifications: • 32 MPa • 0.45 w/c ratio • 5-8% Air Entrainment SP-19 ' The submitted concrete mix design shall indicate the expected slump and if it is permitted to add water to the concrete mix on-site without exceeding the specified w/c ratio. OPSS 351 is amended to include the following: 351.05.01 - Concrete - coarse aggregate shall be crushed limestone 351.05.04 - Granular-the granular material shall be Granular A. 351.07.02.02 - Granular Base -the placement depth of Granular A shall be 125 mm minimum or to the same depth as the sidewalk or drive. 351.07.10 - Joints, all longitudinal and transverse joints shall be saw cut contraction joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing the sidewalk. These joints shall align with the control joints in the curb when sidewalk is placed against the curb and gutter. 351.07.09 - Sidewalks shall be given a broomed texture after finishing with a float. Driveways' surface texture shall match existing. 351.10 - Basis of Payment- Granular A shall be paid under the item Granular A as specified in OPSS.MUNI 314. 351.07.14 - Cold Weather Concreting- The placing and protection of concrete sidewalks in cold weather shall be in accordance to OPSS.MUNI.904 —Construction Specification for Concrete Structures. No additional payment will be made for compliance with OPSS.MUNI.904. Exposed Aggregate The Contractor shall provide a qualified foreman or supervisor, who has a minimum, 5 years 1 experience with exposed aggregates and who has successfully completed exposed aggregate installations of high quality and similar in scope. The exposed aggregate finish shall be completed on site by trained and experienced workmen. The pea gravel used will have a strong influence on the final appearance of the slab. The Contractor shall supply a sample of the pea stone to be approved by the Contract Administrator and Owner prior to the start of construction. When washing the cement off of the surface, the wash water is extremely high in pH, and has suspended solids. The Contractor shall ensure that the wash water does not enter the Municipal sewers. ' The Contractor shall provide and use a sealer for all imprinted concrete. The sealer shall be a clear sealer with a non-slip additive being used—SureGrip or equivalent to be used. The concrete shall be washed prior to sealing. Concrete Colouring The colouring shall be integrally mixed with the aggregates and cement at the ready mix batch plant. ' Care shall be taken to prevent colouring from spreading onto adjacent features. Plastic sheeting to be used to protect adjacent sidewalks, curbs, buildings, etc. ' SP-20 fThe Contractor shall provide a qualified foreman or supervisor, who has at minimum, five years experience with imprinted and textured concrete, and who has successfully completed imprinted concrete installations of high quality and similar in scope to that specified herein. The concrete shall be coloured to match the existing driveway using an approved colour pigment ' supplied by Bomanite or approved equal. The Contractor is to verify and get approval from the Contract Administrator and Owner of colour prior to any installations. Samples shall be provided for acceptance. Pattern Concrete The Contractor shall also include in his unit price bid the supply and application of release agents and sealer. The cast-in-place concrete shall be imprinted on the site by trained and experienced workmen. The pattern to be used shall match the existing driveway slab. ' The Contractor shall provide a curing compound to be applied to the surface of all imprinted concrete. The curing compound shall be applied as per the manufacturer's specifications. ' The Contractor shall provide and use a release agent to facilitate the release of the imprinting tools from the concrete surface and to provide moderate colour variations to the textured surface. The release agent shall be applied evenly to the troweled surface prior to imprinting and applied as per the manufacturer's specifications. The Contractor shall provide and use a sealer for all imprinted concrete. The sealer shall be a clear sealer with a non-slip additive being used— SureGrip or equivalent to be used. The concrete shall be washed prior to sealing. ' Wire Mesh and Dowling(Provisional) Where required by the Contract Administrator,the Contractor shall supply and place welded ' wire mesh with a wire diameter of 8mm and a mesh size of 100 x 100, (500 MPa minimum yield strength) and/or 300mm long reinforcing steel dowels (15M) bar. The dowels are to be drilled and secured using epoxy into the existing driveway location with a spacing of 300mm along the matching edge. No. 22 Maple Street ' The Contractor shall install 2-10M bars by 200mm into each side of the salvaged house number concrete slab using epoxy and shall carefully set the slab into the new concrete drive. I SP-21 ITEM NO. 14 I SUPPLY AND INSTALL DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES FOR PEDESTRIAN CROSSING I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to install the detectable warning surfaces. The warning surface shall be clay red in colour and shall I be cast iron. References I Canadian Standards Association I CSA B651-2012 Accessible Design for the Built Environment American Society of Testing and Materials I ASTM A 48 Standard Specification for Grey Iron Castings ASTM C 1028 Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamomter Pull-Meter Method I ASTM C 501-84 Standard Test Method for Relative Resistance to Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile by the Taber Abraser I Ontario Provincial Legislation O. Reg. 191/11 Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005 I Materials Tactile Walking Surface Indicators shall comply with O. Reg. 191/11 Accessibility for Ontarians I with Disabilities Act, 2005, OPSD 310.039 and meet the following requirements. Standard Property Minimum Result ASTM A 48 Tensile Strength Class 30B ASTM C 1028 Slip Resistance Dry 0.8 min, wet 0.65 min ASTM C 501-84 Wear Resistance Wear Index: >15 The truncated domes shall be of uniform size and shape. Units shall be uniform in texture, be free from pouring faults, sponginess, cracks, blowholes, and other defects, and have clean-cut I and well-defined edges. All surfaces shall be uniform and free of flaking rust or mounts of rust or debris. Tactile walking surface indicators shall have ribs cast to the underside of the unit, have vent holes, and have a minimum plate thickness of 5 mm. I Installation Tactile walking surface indicators shall be set and pressed into wet concrete to final elevation I according to OPSD 310.033 and as per the manufacturer's recommendations. Remove any wet concrete that may spill onto tactile walking surface indicator surface. I I I SP-22 ' ITEM NO. 15 TOPSOIL (IMPORTED) 111 For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to place approved screened topsoil where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall also fine grade to a uniform surface, the areas to be topsoiled as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. OPSS 802 shall apply for this item except that 802.09.01.02 shall be amended to make payment as noted in the Form of Tender. The topsoil shall be of good quality, subject to the Contract Administrator's approval. The Contractor shall uniformly spread the topsoil to a depth of not less than 100 mm. The cost of fine grading, supplying, placing and raking the topsoil shall be included in the unit price bid. ITEM NO. 16 ' SODDING (NURSERY, UNSTAKED) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to place nursery sod where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Included in the unit price bid shall be the supply and application of water. ' All sod shall meet the requirements current at the date of contract, of the Ontario Sod Growers Association for No. 1 Bluegrass Fescue Sod and shall be cut to a minimum thickness of 19 mm. All sod shall be delivered to the site in good condition and placed in a manner satisfactory to the Contract Administrator. Where the new sod is placed adjacent to the existing grass/lawn, the joint shall be prepared as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 9001 — Sod Placement Detail. The sod shall be watered by the Contractor at his expense using approved equipment and in a manner that shall not erode, wash away, or damage the sod or topsoil. The maintenance period for OPSS 803 has been amended. The sod will be evaluated prior to the expiration of the guaranteed maintenance period. The Contract Administrator may request the delay of sod placement during hot dry weather conditions. No additional payment or penalty will result from this delay. Measurement for Payment Measurement for payment of sod shall be by the square meter based on areas measured in the field. Payment based on the amount of sod delivered will not be used. 1 I SP-23 ITEM NO. 17 I REMOVE AND RELAY PRECAST CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to I remove, salvage and re-lay the existing concrete unit pavers as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. I When relaying the unit pavers, the Contractor will match the pre-construction pattern. Salvaged unit pavers are to be stored in a secure manner. Any additional pavers required shall be I supplied by the Owner and any surplus pavers shall become the property of the Owner. Construction I • Setting bed for the pavers to be 25 mm of limestone screening. I • Joint filler to match existing either clean, sharp natural, fine masonry sand or polymetric • Sealer to be applied as per manufacturer's specifications. All materials required for setting bed,joint filler and sealer shall be included in the unit price bid I for this item. All other work shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 355. 1 ITEM NO. 18 I PAVEMENT MARKINGS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for mixing 1 and applying paint and durable pavement markings, as shown on the drawings and at locations identified by the Owner and Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor will mark all lines and symbols in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 11 and MTOD Standard Drawing MTOD 101.070. Materials I Durable Pavement Markings shall be thermoplastic pavement marking material. I Durable Pavement Markings • Thermoplastic as per OPSS 1713 I • Field reacted polymer as per OPSS 1714 • Preformed plastic tape of durable type as per OPSS 1715 I Permanent Pavement Markings • Organic solvent based traffic paint shall conform to OPSS 1712 I • Water-borne traffic paint shall conform to OPSS 1716 • Colour: to CGSB 1-GP-12C; White 513-301 or Yellow 33538 I I ' SP-24 Execution Equipment Paint applicator to be an approved pressure type distributor capable of applying paint in single or double and dashed lines and that will ensure uniform application and having a positive shut-off. 1 Conditions of Surface ' Pavement surface to be free from surface water, frost, ice, dust, oil, grease and other foreign materials. 1 Permanent Pavement Marking Application 1. Pavement marking will be laid out as shown on the drawings and as determined by the ' 2. Owner or Contract Administrator. Unless otherwise approved by the Contract Administrator, apply paint only when air temperature is above 10°C and no rain in forecast. ' 3. Paint shall be applied at a rate which results in a uniform thickness of 230±25 microns dry film. Reflectorizing glass beads, conforming to OPSS 1750, shall be applied uniformly at the rate noted in OPSS 710.07.09.02. ' 4. 5. Do not thin paint unless approved by Contract Administrator. Lines, symbols and letters to conform to the OTM. 6. Paint lines to be of uniform colour and density with sharp edges. 1 87. . Pavement marking colour as per contract drawings and the OTM. Pavement markings to be within±15 mm or dimensions specified. 9. Protect pavement markings until dry. 10. The unit price for pavement markings shall be for one (1) application of paint. Durable Pavement Marking Application t1. Durable Pavement marking shall be laid out as shown on the drawings and as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' 2. Durable pavement markings shall be as per OPSS 1713, 1714, 1715 and be installed as per manufactures recommendations. 3. Lines and symbols shall conform to the OTM. ' All other work shall be in accordance with OPSS 710. ITEM NO. 19 SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE SEWERS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation and testing of the storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. I SP-25 Pipe Material ' OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm sewers: I (a) Concrete Sewer Pipe (Rigid) - 150 mm to 250 mm non-reinforced Class 3 —CSA certified to A257.1 , - 300 mm or greater reinforced as specified in the tender form—CSA certified to A257.2 (b) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (Flexible) - Class SDR 35 or Class V (320 kPa) ' - Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe (c) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (Flexible)—CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6 - 150 mm to 750 mm - smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile (320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot joints shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.6) IfPspecified e material selected differs from that s ecified in the Form of Tender, the Contractor shall, upon request, supply the Contract Administrator with proof of CSA certification for both the pipe and the elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the Form of Tender or approved equivalent by the Contract Administrator. Bedding, Embedment and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall ' be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, embedment cover material and ' the backfilling noted herein. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid of sewer. I SP-26 ' Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements; as such, the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. OPSS.MUNI 410.07.16—Field Testing has been amended as follows: 410.07.16.02 - Prequalification Leakage Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. ' 410.07.16.03 - Infiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.04 - Exfiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.05-Deflection Testing of Pipe Sewers is always a requirement when using flexible pipe. The unit price bid for the flexible pipe shall include all costs of this testing. 410.07.16.06-Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines is a requirement of the contract. All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the sewer installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. ' The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor directly, however, the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. ' Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video, the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. Compaction Compaction shall be asper OPSS.MUNI 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. P P The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, ' degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before ' power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price for sewer. SP-27 Removing Existing Storm Sewer The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sewers, watermains, or minor I structures encountered in the trench excavation where applicable. Abandoning Sewers , The Contractor will be required to plug up, by means of brick and mortar, certain existing sewers that are to be abandoned, to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. The cost of this work ' is to be included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains. Connecting Sewers ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor will be required, to make all connections to new and existing catch basins, maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers (regardless of pipe material) in a ' manner set out in the contract drawings or as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Maintenance of Flow The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance holes at 111 all times. Restoration 1 Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration. ITEM NO. 20 SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm, PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES AND MAINTENANCE HOLE-CATCH BASINS, OPSD 701.010 INCLUDING FRAMES AND GRATES ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the structures and in accordance with OPSS 407. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402. Steel reinforcement shall be according to OPSS.MUNI.1440. Steel reinforcement for precast concrete components shall be: a) Steel bars, 400MPa minimum yield strength b) Welded steel wire, 500 MPa minimum yield strength c) Welded deformed steel wire, 500 MPA minimum yield strength ' SP-28 The Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as listed on the drawings to the grade established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grate to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units. The Contractor shall supply ladder rungs and all materials to make all connections to existing sewers. ' Also, when required, included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all storm maintenance holes designated, as per OPSD 701.021. ' Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the Contractor for maintaining flow. The Contractor shall confirm in writing to the Contract Administrator that the means of connecting storm sewers to the storm manholes is appropriate for the materials being used and for the site conditions. Parging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. The outside of the precast adjustment units shall be completely wrapped with Denso LT Tape/Denso Paste. The Denso material shall completely cover the adjustment units and overlap onto the frame and concrete structure. All Denso products shall be applied as per the ' Manufacturer's recommendations. Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. ' The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 20% of unit price upon completion of parging, removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and benching when applicable. ITEM NO. 21 ' RELOCATE EXISTING CATCH BASINS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the ' complete relocation of the structure identified on the contract drawings. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary bedding and backfill, compact the material and make the connection to existing storm sewer outlet in accordance with OPSS 407, OPSS 402 and OPSD 705.010 or OPSD 705.020. SP-29 The Contractor shall supply and install new frame and grates as listed on the contract drawings to the grade established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grates to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units. ' Sewers to be abandoned shall be abandoned as outlined in OPSS 510 and as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The cost of this work is to be included in the ' Contractor's unit price bid for this item. ITEM NO. 22 SUPPLY AND PLACE 150 mm FILTER WRAPPED PERFORATED SUBDRAIN INCLUDING EXCAVATION ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate for, supply and install the subdrain, including filter wrap (non-woven type) Class 1 with a Filter Opening Size (FOS) of 130-100 pm as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The supply and backfilling of granular backfill shall be paid for with the granular item for the roadbed. Pipe Material OPSS 405.05 Materials is amended to accept the following material for pipe subdrains. (a) Polyethylene Big "0" Boss 2000 or equivalent. The filter wrap geotextile shall be in accordance with OPSS 1860. The maximum stone size for the granular backfill shall be 50 mm dia. , ITEM NO. 23 REMOVE CULVERTS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to remove culverts as shown on the plans or identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All work shall be done in accordance with OPSS.MUNI.421. The bedding and backfill of the pipe shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014, whichever is applicable ' to the soil type. All bedding and backfill material shall be approved granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Excavated material and concrete shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Management of Excess Materials. Corrugated Steel Pipe shall become the propertyof the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the contract limits. 1 SP-30 ITEM NO. 24 SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL CSP CULVERTS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the installation of the 1800mm dia corrugated steel pipe (C.S.P.) culverts across the roadway as shown on the plans or at locations established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The thickness of the steel shall be 3.5mm with a 125x25 corrugation profile. ' All work shall be done in accordance with OPSS 421. The bedding and backfill of the pipe shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014, whichever is applicable to the soil type. All bedding and backfill material shall be approved granular material compacted to a minimum dry ' density of 100%. The cost of all granular materials for bedding and backfill shall be included under this item. ITEM NO. 25 HANDLAID RIP RAP, INCLUDING NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to place the ' handlaid rip rap and geotextile fabric as indicated on the contract drawings, OPSD 810.010 for Sewer and Culvert Outlets, OPSD 810.020 for Ditch Inlets, or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' The installation shall include the geotextile being keyed into the surrounding soil. ' Materials • Rip Rap Classification shall be R-10 as per OPSS.MUNI 1004 - Table 8, Gradation ' Requirements for Gabion Stone and Rip-Rap. • The Geotextile shall be a non-woven, Class II, according to OPSS 1860, with a FOS of 75 to 150 pm. ITEM NO. 26 INSTALL 100 MM PVC SDR-28 STORM SERVICE LATERAL ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the storm services as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the services are as noted on the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of ' the main line service tee and end cap required for each service. Service tees for use with flexible mainline sewer pipe shall be factory manufactured tees. ' Service tees for use with rigid mainline sewer to be factory installed"Inserta"tees or approved equal. Insterta tees to be the same diameter or larger than the servicing piping. All required reducers shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. 1 SP-31 I The service connections shall be as per OPSD 1006.010 for sewer service connections for main pipe sewer. Pipe Material Pipe material for storm sewer services shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) SDR-28. I Bedding and Backfill Bedding and cover shall be as per OPSD 1006.010 for service connections. Backfill shall be as noted on the Form of Tender. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding, embedment and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill of storm service under the road platform shall match mainline storm sewer backfill 1 material. Backfill beyond the road platform shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. , All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid. Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlement of the installed piping; as such, the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. All bedding, embedment, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 401.07.10. Installation of Services For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of connecting to existing storm services with the approved fittings and material to make the connection (Fernco or equivalent). The unit price bid shall include all restoration outside the limits of the grading operations of the road reconstruction part of the project, when applicable. 1 ' SP-32 All services to vacant lots or previously unserviced lots, shall include an end cap and the ends of all services shall be marked by a 50 mm x 100 mm wood post extending from the service to ' 300 mm above the surface of the ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor. Cleanout risers shall extend 300 mm above finished grade c/w temporary PVC cap. Permanent ferrous caps shall be provided and installed ' by the home builder when the lot is graded and the cleanout riser is cut to finished grade. Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the service installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. The Contractor will engage Inspection a Closed Circuit Television Ins ection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor directly; however,the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out to the satisfaction of,the Contract Administrator. ' Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video, the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and a re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. ' Restoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration. ITEM NO. 27 STORM SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT ' For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the complete installation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing. ICleanouts located within a lawn area, shall have a 100 mm diameter, cast iron Malcolm Bolted Cover(Bell end) as supplied by Crowle Fittings Ltd., or approved equivalent. Adaptors to be ' provided as required. Cleanouts located within driveways or sidewalks, shall have a cast iron, 100 mm diameter, Sigma Corporation Model No. VB-SCO4L cover or approved equivalent that meets 1120 Loading Standards. Adaptors to be provided as required. ' Each cleanout, for a vacant lot or previously unserviced lot, shall be clearly marked with a minimum of 2.0 m of 50 x 100 wooden post. Each cleanout for an occupied property shall be terminated with the cover flush to the surrounding surface. ' Basis of Payment ' Payment shall be as follows: SP-33 I • 80% for all piping • 20% for the installation of the cleanout cap to finish grade , ITEM NO. 28 ' EROSION CONTROL For the unit price bid for erosion control, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and ' material to provide the erosion control required for this project as shown on the drawings and as specified in accordance with OPSS 805 Construction Specification for Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, and to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Payment shall be as follows: , (a) 50% for initial installation (b) 30% for maintenance (c) 20% for removal 1 ITEM NO. 29 CAMERA INSPECT EXISTING SEWERS For the unit price bid the contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to camera inspect existing sewers at locations determined at the time of construction. All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. ITEM NO. 30 SANITARY SEWER PIPE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation and testing of the sanitary sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and/or on the contract drawing. ' Pipe Material Pipe material for sanitary sewers shall be as noted in the Form of Tender. Where required and/or shown on the drawings, end caps, adapters, reducers, etc. shall be provided and the cost included in the unit price bid for this item. , 1 SP-34 Bedding, Embedment and Backfill ' Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose ' measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. ' Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not ' exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. ' The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding or embedment, cover material and the backfilling noted herein. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid of sewer. ' Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements; as such, the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. ' Maintenance of Flow The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow of sanitary sewage in the sewers and in ' any maintenance holes being connected by this work. The Contractor shall provide adequate pumping and power facilities to maintain operation of the ' sewer system on a continuous basis. The method of maintaining flow shall be approved by the Contract Administrator in advance of construction proceeding. All cost of maintaining sewage flow, where required, shall be included in the unit price bid for these items. ' Connecting Sewers and Modifying Benching The cost of breaking into, connecting, sealing and modifying the existing benching to accommodate the new sewer pipe size shall be included in the unit price bid. SP-35 Removing Existing Sanitary Sewer The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sewers, watermains, or minor ' structures encountered in the trench excavation where applicable. OPSS.MUNI 410.07.16 - Field Testing has been amended as follows: ' 410.07.16.02-Prequalification Leakage Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.03- Infiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.04-Exfiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. , 410.07.16.05-Deflection Testing of Pipe Sewers is always a requirement when using flexible pipe. The unit price bid for the flexible pipe shall include all costs of this testing. 410.07.16.06-Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines is a requirement of the contract. All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the sewer installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. 111 The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor directly, however, the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out to the satisfaction of, the Contract Administrator. Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video, the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and a re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. Compaction ' Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. Cleaning and Flushing Pipe Sewers , OPSS.MUNI 410.07.17 is to be included in the unit price bid for this item. SP-36 ' Restoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration. ' ITEM NO. 31 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY SERVICES ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the sanitary services as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the services are as noted on the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of the main line service tee and end cap required for each service. Service tees for use with flexible mainline sewer pipe shall be factory manufactured tees. ' Service tees for use with rigid mainline sewer to be factory installed "Inserta"tees or approved equal. Inserta tees to be the same diameter or larger than the service piping. All required reducers shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. The service connections shall be as per OPSD 1006.010 for sewer service connections for main pipe sewer. ' Pipe Material ' Pipe material for sanitary sewer services shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) SDR-28. Bedding and Backfill Embedment material shall be Granular A to 300 mm above the top of pipe. ' Embedment material shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is ' placed. Backfill of sanitary service under the road platform shall match the mainline sanitary sewer ' backfill material. Backfill beyond the road platform shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. ' Compaction Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. SP-37 Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. Installation of Services For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of connecting to existing sanitary , services with the approved fittings and material to make the connection(Fernco or equivalent). The unit price bid shall include all restoration outside the limits of the grading operations of the road reconstruction part of the project, when applicable. ' All services to vacant lots and previously unserviced properties shall include an end cap and the ends of all services shall be marked by a 50 mm x 100 mm wood post extending from the service ' to 300 mm above the surface of the ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor. Controlled Settlement Joint When deep services are encountered with near vertical risers extending out of the service tee, ' controlled settlement joints shall be used, as per OPSD 1006.010. The controlled settlement joint (C.S.J.) shall be installed as per the manufacturer's , recommendations and the following: • Service pipe and controlled settlement joint, shall be surrounded by compacted bedding ' material. • Controlled settlement joint shall be inserted into fitting branch. For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for the complete installation of the controlled settlement joint. Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit ' Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the service installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. , The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. I The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor directly, however, the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out to the satisfaction of, the Contract Administrator. Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video, the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and a re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. ' SP-38 Restoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration. ITEM NO. 32 CONSTRUCT MAINTENANCE HOLE DROP STRUCTURES ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to construct the drop structures at the sanitary sewer maintenance holes indicated on the contract drawings. ' Drop structures shall be as per OPSD 1003.010 for external drops on existing structures. The required pipe, tees and bends shall be the same class as that used for sewers. ' External drop structure shall be encased in 150 mm thickness of 15 MPa concrete as shown on the drawing OPSD 1003.010. ITEM NO. 33 RE-BENCHING OF EXISTING SANITARY MAINTENANCE HOLES ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to complete the benching of the maintenance holes including the removal of existing benching where applicable. All benching shall be in accordance with OPSS 407 and OPSD 701.021. ' The Contractor will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the Contractor for maintaining flow. ITEM NO. 34 ' SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT, 100 mm CLEANOUT RISERS AND 4 m LONG 150 mm STUBS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the complete installation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing BMROSS 1000. ' Cleanout risers shall extend 300 mm above finished grade c/w temporary PVC cap. Permanent ferrous cleanout caps shall be provided and installed by the home builder when the lot is graded and the cleanout riser is cut to finished grade. SP-39 ITEM NOS. 35 - 39 WATERMAIN INSTALLATION DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall comply with the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and all applicable , regulations made in accordance with that act, including but not limited to the Drinking Water Works Permit (DWWP), the Municipal Drinking Water License (MDWL) and the most current version of ANSI/AWWA C651-Disinfecting Water Mains. Both the DWWP and the MDWL can be made available to the Contractor by the Contract Administrator upon request. For the purpose of the DWWP Condition 2.3, the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks "Watermain Disinfection Procedure", supersedes ANSI/AWWA C651-Disinfecting Water Mains. All chemicals and materials used in the alteration or operation of the drinking water system that ' come into contact with water within the system shall meet all applicable standards set by both the American Water Works Association ("AWWA") and the American National Standards Institute ("ANSI") safety criteria standards NSF/60,NSF/61 and NSF/372. Watermains that form part of a Drinking Water System can only be isolated and placed into service by Certified Operators. Activities performed on isolated watermains are not required to be performed by Certified Operators. Any water used for the purposes of, but not limited to, flushing, swabbing, disinfection, ' hydrostatic testing, and displacing water to obtain samples for testing, shall be drinking water. Any temporary water supply to a new watermain shall be flushed prior to its use as a water source. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of the proposed disruption of service to make all connections to the existing distribution system. The watermain construction shall be staged so as to minimize water service disruption to residences. Property owners shall be informed by the Contractor a minimum of 24 hours in advance, as to when these disruptions will occur. All costs associated with providing notice to the property owners shall be borne by the Contractor. Only authorized Operating Authority personnel shall operate valves on existing watermains for the purpose of controlling water. No person other than the authorized Operating Authority personnel shall shut down or charge any section of existing watermain or operate any valve for the purpose of controlling water from existing watermains. The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority at least 48 hours advance notice when a change in control of the water is required. All necessary water supply interruptions shall be scheduled in co-operation with the local Operating Authority. ' Prior to site activities, the Contractor shall submit a Work Plan for review by the Contract Administrator. The Work Plan shall provide the following construction details: 1 1 SP-40 I • Manufacturer's confirmation of pipe class and restraining system design • Connection point(s) between existing and new watermains . Source water connection(s) • Cross-connection prevention procedures and equipment • Temporary watermains, if any I . Swabbing details, including swab velocities • Hydrostatic pressure test details, including calculations of allowable leakage • Disinfection details, including calculations of required chlorine I . Dechlorination details . Flushing water disposal details • Details of final connection to existing watermain, including valve operation I . Details of final connection to existing services, including curb stop operation • Watermain break disinfection procedure • Tracer Wire conductivity testing procedures, including wire specification I . Proof of Ontario Water Works Association (OWWA) Certified Cross Connection Control Specialist Certificate or a Ministry-approved equivalent . Draft copy of Notice of water service disruptions IThe Contractor shall allow two weeks for the review and approval of the Work Plan. No site work shall proceed until the Work Plan has been approved by the Contract Administrator. The Work Plan shall be submitted no later than at the pre-construction meeting. Restraints IIt is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the performance of the pipe and the restraining systems. I Design of the pipe joint restraining systems shall consider the pressures that the system will be subjected to as well as any expansion and contraction due to temperature changes during and Ifollowing construction of the works. MATERIALS I Watermain Materials—Kincardine IMaterials I All materials for watermains, valves, valve boxes, etc., shall be supplied by the Contractor. All materials supplied under this contract shall comply with the latest edition of the applicable AWWA standard. Oils and lubricants used in assembly shall be 'Food Grade' and shall comply I with the latest edition of NSF/ANSI Standard 61. No substitutes without Operating Authority approval or the approval of the Operating Authority. IWatermain Watermain material shall be Polyvinyl Chloride PVC DR18 —AWWA C900 or C905. Pipe I joints shall be bell and spigot with rubber gaskets. I SP-41 Gate Valves and Boxes I Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard I operating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut. All valves to be supplied with"0" ring packing for water use and open counter-clockwise. I Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve slide type with guide plate. Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval of the Operating Authority. I PP P g Y Resilient-seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509. I Fittings All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical (MJ) type with adaptorsI g joint to suit other materials, where necessary. All fittings including hydrants must be suitably restrained I with approved mechanical restraints. Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 and the rubber-gasket joints for I ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C111, pressure rating 1035 kPa. Hydrants i Fire hydrants shall be the Mueller Canada Valve New Century type or approved McAvity equivalent. Hydrant specifications as follows: I • 2-64 mm hose connections (Ontario standard thread) • 1 — 100 mm "Storz"type pumper connection painted black • Hydrants shall open counter-clockwise • Colour shall be RED • Operating nut shall be 32 mm square I • Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above finished grade • Bury depth 1.7 m. I Dry-barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with AWWA C502. All hydrant leads shall be 150 mm diameter and shall be supplied from watermain of not less I than 150 mm diameter. Services - Min. 19 mm, Max. 50 mm I • Corporation stops—Mueller, C.C. thread inlet/compression joint outlet. I • Curb Stop—Mueller, compression joint inlet/ compression joint outlet or approved equivalent. I • Pipe -to be Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) conforming to AWWA C904 or Type `K' 1 SP-42 Icopper. The unit price shall include the cost of supply and installation of tracer wire on non- metallic piping. I . Service tubing shall be installed to a minimum depth of 1.7 m cover. • Service Boxes—Model No. D-1 by Concord-Clow or Mueller equivalent. Service box and stem(1.4 m to 1.7 m) with 25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed I with brass pentagon plug c/w standard stationary rod. • Service saddles—Model No. 2616 by Robar Industries Inc., stainless steel, double bolted, broad band. IUnderground service line valves and fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C800. IModel numbers shall be stamped on all valves and materials. Tracer Wire IFor direct bury installations of watermains and services, the tracer wire shall be Type TWU, No. 12/7 stranded copper conductor with thermoplastic insulation, in accordance with CSA IC22.2 No. 75, colour shall be blue, rated for underground use. CONSTRUCTION IExcavation I All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the per metre of watermain. Ibid Removal of Existing Mains, Services, Hydrants and Fittings 1 For the unit prices bid for watermain construction, the Contractor shall include the removal of existing mains and services when required, and/or as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. I These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of Ithe work. Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's workshop. IRemove and Salvage Existing Hydrants I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove the existing hydrant as directed by the Contract Administrator and the hydrant shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's workshop in good order. tBedding, Embedment and Backfill I Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. r SP-43 I Bedding and embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe for whichever soil type is applicable. I Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. , Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid. Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlement of the installed piping; as such, the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. 111 Compaction Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI.501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. 1 The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before I power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. BACKFLOW PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW WATERMAINS (MECP , Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1) The backflow prevention provisions within Section 4.8.9 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651- Disinfecting Water Mains shall be mandatory for the installation of new watermains except for connecting new watermains to the existing system. (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1.4) Backflow Prevention for new watermains shall be accomplished by: • an air gap as defined in CSA Standard B64.10 "Selection and Installation of Backflow Preventers"; or • A CSA-certified reduced pressure principle (RP) backflow preventer that has been selected and field tested(within 1 day of installation) in accordance with CSA Standards B64.10 and SP-44 B64.10.1. Contractors shall supply and install reduced pressure principle (RP) backflow preventer as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 1115 or BMROSS Standard Drawing 1116. 1 Exception: If a backflow preventer is relocated within the same day, testing is only required for the first installation of the day provided that the backflow preventer is relocated by a Certified Operator who will guard against damage during transit and re-installation. For the purposes of CSA Standard B64.10, a backflow prevention tester's licence shall be an ' Ontario Water Works Association (OWWA) Certified Cross Connection Control Specialist Certificate or a Ministry-approved equivalent. In addition to the list of professionals in Table 1 of Figure E.1. of CSA Standard B64.10, a Certified Operator or a Water Quality Analyst with a backflow prevention tester's licence shall also be authorized to test, install, relocate, repair or replace backflow preventers used in the installation and commissioning of new watermains. ' Laying and Jointing- Ductile Iron Watermains The laying and jointing of pipe shall conform to OPSS.MUNI 441. ' The supply and installation of copper jumper straps and/or wedges as required for providing electrical continuity shall be included in the unit price bid. ' Connection to Existing Mains ' For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to reconnect the existing main to the new main with restrained couplers (hymax grip, or approved equivalent). The length of the reconnection shall not exceed one standard pipe length (i.e. 6 metres). After the pressure, leakage, chlorine residual and bacteriological tests have passed, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Contract Administrator to make the final watermain connection to the existing water distribution system. The Contractor shall contact the Operating Authority a minimum of 48 hours prior to any service or watermain connection the existing system to determine if any special measures must be taken ' and to schedule an appropriately licensed Operating Authority employee to oversee the connections. All connections to existing watermains, including service connections shall be completed between the hours of 7 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday to Friday. The Contractor will be liable for all costs for the Operating Authority staff outside the approved connection timing window noted above and if the Contractor fails to notify the Operating Authority that the connection will not take place. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the final connection of the new watermain to the existing water distribution system to enable the Contract Administrator to witness the entire process. ' Watermains shall be cut back to remove all temporary taps. The Contractor shall disinfect the connection watermain as outlined below and shall, using all means possible, dewater the ' watermains and trench in a controlled manner to not allow backflow into any existing watermains. 1 1 SP-45 I The Contract Administrator at their discretion may require the Contractor to flush water through a nearby fire hydrant to remove water with elevated chlorine residual. ' If trench water, dirt or debris has entered the watermain during the final connection, the watermain shall be aggressively flushed and additional bacteriological samples shall be taken as determined by the Contract Administrator or the Operating Authority. The Contract Administrator reserves the right to request the above steps be taken regardless. The new piping, fittings and valves required for the connection shall be spray-disinfected and swabbed with a sodium hypochlorite solution of minimum 1% and maximum 5% chlorine just prior to being installed. During the final connection, the Contractor shall connect new tracer wire to the existing tracer wire using manufactured, approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire use, or CAD WELD the tracer wire to the existing main to provide conductivity. Connecting New Watermains to the Existing System (MECP Watermain Disinfection ' Procedure Section 1.1.4) The provisions outlined in Section 4.10 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water , Mains are mandatory, along with the additional requirements prescribed below. The backflow prevention provisions within Section 4.8.9 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains are not mandatory for connections. When microbiological samples are taken from connections, Operating Authorities shall ensure that additional samples are taken at the same time from the same location and are tested immediately for, (a) free chlorine residual, if the system provides chlorination and does not provide chloramination; or (b) combined chlorine residual, if the system provides chloramination. Connections Equal to or Less than One Pipe Length (Generally<6 m) (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1.4.1) The Contractor shall ensure that connections equal to or less than one pipe length (generally <6 m) are undertaken in accordance with Section 4.10.1 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651- Disinfecting Water Mains and that the connection remain isolated from the existing drinking water system, except while being flushed or sampled, until satisfactory results are received from one microbiological sample, taken by a Certified Operator or Water Quality Analyst, from water 111 that has been directed through the connection. Tapping of Watermains (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.5) , Where existing watermains are tapped, the pipe surface at the location of the tap shall be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution. Where applicable, the drill/cutting/tapping bits and all surfaces of mainstops, service saddles, tapping sleeves and SP-46 valves which will come into contact with Drinking Water shall likewise be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come into contact with the soil and/or water in the excavation prior to use,the cleaning and disinfection procedure shall be repeated. The live tapping (i.e., "wet"tapping) of a watermain that is part of the Drinking Water System must be performed by a Certified Operator; however, a person or Contractor who is not a Certified Operator may perform wet taps provided they are being directly supervised by a Certified Operator. The Operating Authority shall maintain records of the name of the Certified Operator present for the wet taps. Installation of Services (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.6) Service pipes of 100 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the ' purposes of this procedure and shall be disinfected and tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains as modified by this procedure. For service pipes of diameter less than 100 mm, Operating Authorities shall ensure that sanitary conditions are maintained during installation/repair, and that Flushing is conducted before they are placed into service. For the unit price bid per each, the Contractor shall include the cost of tapping the main, installing saddles where applicable, corporation stops and curb stops c/w service box, including all connections to new and existing mains and services. For the unit price bid per lineal metre, the Contractor shall include the cost of installing water service tubing by means of trenching and/or boring. All services shall be installed to a depth as noted on the Watermain Materials Specification. For connections to existing service tubing, the excavation for the curb stop shall not be backfilled tuntil the new service has been connected to the existing. The Contract Administrator may request the Contractor backfill certain services before the connection is made. Payment for ' re-excavating the service for the connection will be in accordance with the unit price bid for Provisional Work. All servicing tubing shall be disinfected in the presence of the Contract Administrator before installation. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours' notice before making these connections. ' At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions extending above the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations. All service tubing extensions shall be capped after the flushing and disinfection. Service tubing extension shall not be used to reconnect water services. Service tubing extensions shall be removed, and new service tubing shall be used to make the connection. At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed. The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the unit price bid for testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains. I I I SP-47 At vacant lots, the ends of all services shall be marked bya 38 mm x 89 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground and top section painted fluorescent blue. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor. The unit price bid shall include all restoration beyond the general grading limits. Restoration shall be as outlined under the General SP - Restoration. Ductile Iron (DI) Mainline Piping All buried ductile iron piping and all buried fittings, valves, hydrants, etc. shall be polyethylene encased in accordance with the latest revision of ANSI/AWWA C105/AA21.5 Standard. Encasement material shall be tube or sheet, either low density polyethylene film, 8 mil thickness, or high density or cross laminated polyethylene film, 4 mil thickness, in accordance with Section 4.1 of AWWA C105. Installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C105 and manufacturer's specifications. Care shall be taken to ensure that the encasement is not damaged during installation. Cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to the polyethylene shall be repaired prior to backfilling. Cathodic Protection ' Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or Polyethylene (PE) Mainline Piping as per OPSD 1109.011. Appurtenance Method of Protection Piping Not required I Hydrants One anode per each Services • Each copper service One anode per each service • Each non-metallic service One anode per each main stop and curb stop Valves Sacrificial zinc nuts Fittings One anode per each and sacrificial zinc nuts Mechanical Restraints Sacrificial zinc nuts I • Anode sizes shall be 5.5 kg for watermain appurtenances up to and including 300 mm diameter and 11.0 kg for watermain appurtenances greater than 300 mm. • Anodes for steel pipe encasement shall be 11.0 kg for all sizes. • Sacrificial zinc nuts shall be of the Protecto-Cap type and installed on each bolt. Cathodic Protection Installation For all mechanical joint fittings and couplings used with either ductile iron or PVC pipe, a I sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt. I I SP-48 For buried anodes, connect anode copper lead wire to pipe, valve, fitting, hydrant, etc., with "double nut"type connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground ' connections supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe, valve, fitting, etc. Complete installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations. Tracer Wire Installation Tracer wire shall be installed along each main line, valve box or chamber. The tracer wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every 5.0 metres. The tracer wire shall be looped at every valve, hydrant, and fitting. The tracer wire shall be secured within the valve boxes and chambers to 300 mm of final grade with a minimum 600 mm of loose wire. All spliced or repaired wire connections, in the tracer wire system, shall be made with manufactured, approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire use. Ground rods are required on all dead-ends of tracer wires. Where system access is needed, the red ground god wire is to be connected to the at grade access point. Where system access is not needed, the round rod wire can connect directly to the tracer wire with a manufactured, approved waterproof connector. ' Refer to BMROSS Standard Drawing 1114 for the installation schematic. Conductivity Test Before the final connection to the existing main, the Contractor shall demonstrate the integrity of the new underground tracer wire by applying a conductivity signal and confirming the signal correlation on all watermains and services. The Owner and the Contract Administrator must witness the conductivity test(s). WATERMAIN DISINFECTION PROCEDURES FOR EMERGENCY REPAIRS Categorization and Public Agency Notification of Watermain Breaks (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.1) All watermain breaks shall be classified as Category 2 as per Section 2.1.2 of the most recent Watermain Disinfection Procedure issued by the MECP, unless an Operator-In-Charge (OIC) conducts a visual inspection upon completion of the excavation to determine the nature of the watermain break and classifies it as a Category 1 as per Section 2.1.1 of the most recent Watermain Disinfection Procedure by the MECP. The OIC shall assess the evidence of the contamination or suspected contamination of the watermain throughout the repair procedure and shall reclassify if required. ' Watermain Break Disinfection Procedure Common to Categories 1 and 2 (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2) I I SP-49 The following steps must be performed for all emergency watermain repairs (Category 1 and Category 2). Maintenance of Flow (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.1) The Operating Authority shall determine if flow can be maintained to the watermain break 1 site until the watermain is excavated. This determination shall be based on risks to worker and public safety, the possibility of property damage, and/or adverse impact to the natural environment. I The Contractor will attempt to maintain flow from the watermain break, where possible, until an Air Gap is established. Flow may be reduced by throttling valves while maintaining sufficient flow from the watermain break to minimize the potential for Contamination. Flow may be discontinued after an air gap has been created. If flow from the watermain break is not maintained before an air gap is established,the watermain break shall remain Category 2. Excavation Dewatering (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.2) Excavation dewatering shall be continued for the duration of the repairs such that the air gap ' between the location of the watermain break and the water in the excavation is maintained. If the water level in the excavation rises such that the air gap is not maintained after flow from the watermain break has been discontinued, then the watermain break shall be classified as Category 2. Disinfection of Pipe and Repair Parts (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section I 2.2.3) All surfaces of pipe and repair parts which will come into contact with drinking water shall I be disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come into contact with the water and/or soil in the excavation prior to installation, the surfaces shall be cleaned and the disinfection procedure shall be repeated. If cutting out a section of pipe, the interior surfaces of the cut ends of the existing watermain ' shall be disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution, swabbed or sprayed as far as can be practically reached. Installation of Repair Parts (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.4) The repair parts shall be installed while ensuring that contaminants do not enter the watermain. Post-Repair Flushing and Return to Normal Service (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.5) I SP-50 Flushing shall be conducted following repairs by creating a temporary dead end downstream of the watermain break through valve operation and flushing through the location of the repair to a discharge point. Flushed water may be discharged from a hydrant, plumbing or appurtenances. Where there is no discharge point to allow for flushing, the Operating Authority shall tap the watermain on the downstream side of the watermain break and discharge from that point. Flushing shall continue until the discharged water is visibly free from discoloration and ' particulates, and an acceptable disinfectant concentration has been restored; whereupon the system can be returned to normal service, defined as having all valves returned to normal operating position. Exception: Where the repair was performed using a repair sleeve and flow was maintained from the watermain break until an air gap was established, flushing is not required. Dechlorination is required for any water that is directly discharged into surface water or if the discharge into the natural environment is likely to cause an adverse effect, as per Condition 10.0 of Schedule B of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. The discharged water is 1 deemed to be a Class II spill for the purposes of O. Reg. 675/98 (Classification and Exemption of Spills and Reporting of Discharges) made under the Environmental Protection Act. Discharges of flushed water are also regulated under Condition 5.5 of Schedule C of the ' Municipal Drinking Water Licence. Following a Category 1 watermain break, the Contractor shall assist the Operating Authority in 1 collecting samples should the Operating Authority choose to perform microbiological sampling. Additional Requirements for Category 2 Watermain Break Repairs (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.4) In addition to the requirements described in Section 2.2 of the MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure, the following steps are required for Category 2 watermain break repairs. Removal of Contaminants from Watermain (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.4.1) Appropriate additional steps shall be undertaken to remove contaminants from the watermain, such as: • Physical removal of contaminants; • Flushing into the excavation; • Higher velocity flushing after repairs where practical and feasible. Additional Disinfection Procedures (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.4.2) In addition to the steps in MECP watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.3, site- specific disinfection procedures may also be used depending on the severity or nature of the contamination. The steps may include the disinfection procedures for new watermains as per ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains. I I SP-51 Microbiological Samples (Mandatory) (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.4.3) After the completion of flushing, at least one microbiological sample shall be taken and submitted as soon as reasonably possible, taking into consideration laboratory working hours and transportation timeframes. The flow shall be directed to ensure that the sample represents water that has passed through the location of the repair. The sampling will typically occur at the point of flushing, and may ' take place from sampling ports, hydrants, blow-offs, or premise plumbing. All samples shall be considered drinking water samples, taken and tested in accordance with O. Reg. 170/03 requirements. The reporting and corrective actions of Schedule 16 and the applicable Schedule 17 or 18 of O. Reg. 170/03 shall apply. The watermain may be returned to normal service, defined as having all valves returned to I normal operating position, prior to receipt of microbiological sample results. Special Case - Sewage Contamination (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1 2.4.4) If there is evidence or suspected sewage contamination of a watermain, in addition to the , steps in MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Sections 2.2 and 2.4,the Contractor shall develop and implement a plan with site-specific procedures for disinfection and sampling. The sampling plan shall include as a minimum taking two sets of microbiological samples at least 24 hours apart. Return to normal service is contingent upon the corrective actions and sampling plan being 1 completed to the satisfaction of the local Ministry office (in consultation with local Medical Officer of Health). The affected watermain(s) may not be placed into service before the corrective actions and sampling plan are completed unless a water advisory is declared. The disinfection requirements for new watermains as per MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1.2, may be used based on agreement between the Operating Authority and the local Ministry office, in consultation with the local Medical Officer of Health. Special Case—Chemical Contamination (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure t Section 2.4.5) If there is evidence or suspected chemical Contamination of a watermain, in addition to the I steps in MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Sections 2.2 and 2.4, the Contractor shall develop and implement a plan with site-specific procedures for disinfection and/or 111decontamination and sampling. The Contractor shall finalize the plan in agreement with the Operating Authority and the local Ministry office, in consultation with the local Medical Officer of Health. I Return to normal service is contingent upon the corrective actions and sampling plan being completed to the satisfaction of the local Ministry office, in consultation with the local I 1 SP-52 Medical Officer of Health. The affected watermain(s) may not be put back in service before the corrective actions and sampling plan are completed unless a water advisory is declared. MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT Measurement of watermain shall be by length in metres along the horizontal centreline of the pipe from the point of connection to a chamber, water treatment plant, or existing watermain to a point vertically above the end of the new watermain. 1 In addition to the items listed under OPSS 441.09.01 Actual Measurement, the following applies: • For measurement purposes, a count shall be made of all bends, tees, crosses, reducers, hydrant extensions, end caps, etc. regardless of the type and size 1 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in excavating for, placing, 1 restraining, connecting and testing all watermain and fittings, as outlined in OPSS.MUNI 441, and restoration outside general grading operations. The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and backfill up to subgrade and/or original ground. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne by the Contractor. 1 ITEM NO. 40 SWABBING, HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING, DISINFECTION AND FLUSHING OF WATERMAINS For the lump sum bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the temporary connection, testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains, services and ' appurtenances in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS.MUNI.441 Watermain Installation in Open Cut, for hydrostatic pressure testing, ANSI/AWWA C651-Disinfecting Water Mains for disinfection, the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks document"Watermain Disinfection Procedure", ANSI/A WWA C655- Field Dechlorination and the following special provision for all other disinfection and flushing procedures. When there is duplication of procedures or requirements, the MECP document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure shall govern. General The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a physical separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by the Contract Administrator and the Operating Authority. Water required to fill the new main for hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection shall include a flow meter(to monitor water used during flushing and testing) and a CSA 1 I SP-53 certified reduced pressure principle backflow preventer that has been field tested in accordance with CSA Standards B64.10 and B64.10.1 and disinfected prior to installation. The backflow preventer shall be disconnected(physically separated) from the new main during the hydrostatic pressure test. It will be necessary to re-establish the temporary connection after completion of the hydrostatic pressure test to swab, chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to final connection of the new main to the waterworks system. t Service pipes of 100 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the purposes of this procedure and shall be disinfected and tested in accordance with the 111 requirements of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains as amended by the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure". For service pipes of diameter less than 100 mm, Operating Authorities shall ensure that sanitary conditions are maintained during installation/repair, and that flushing is conducted before they are placed into service. At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations. All service tubing extensions shall be capped after the flushing and disinfection. Service tubing extension shall not be used to reconnect water services. Service tubing extensions shall be removed, and new service tubing shall be used to make the connection. At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed. The cost of providing for such extensions and capping after the testing, is to be included in the unit price bid. MATERIALS All chemicals and materials that come into contact with the water within the system when used in the alteration, operation, disinfecting and testing of the drinking water system shall conform to the following American Water Works Association (AWWA) and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) safety criteria standards: • AWWA B300 for Hypochlorites 1 • AWWA B301 for Liquid Chlorine • NSF/ANSI 60, Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals—Health Effects • NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects • NSF/372, Drinking Water System Components—Lead Content CONSTRUCTION I The sequence of events for this item shall be 1) Swabbing, 2) Hydrostatic Pressure Testing, 3) Disinfection of new watermains, 4) Flushing and Dechlorination 5) Microbiological Samples for New Watermains 1. Swabbing I For preliminary flushing prior to disinfection referred to in Sections 4.4.2 and 4.5.2 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains, if the requirements of ANSI/AWWA SP-54 Standard C651 for a velocity of 3.0 ft/sec (0.91 m/sec) are not practical, alternative cleaning consisting of swabbing or flushing 2-3 pipe volumes can be used at the discretion of the Operating Authority. Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing, disinfection and commissioning of the main. A minimum of two (2) new swabs shall be passed through each section of main line pipe, hydrant lead and all services 100 mm dia and larger,to ensure that there is no blockage, debris, etc. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment may be required for the swabbing joperation. Swabs shall be polyurethane with a density of 24.7 kg/m3 and shall have a minimum diameter 50 mm larger than the diameter of the watermain and have a minimum length of one and one half times its diameter. Swabs shall be propelled through the watermain at a speed of 3.0 ft/sec(0.91 m/sec)using potable water. The Contractor shall discharge water to an approved outlet ensuring all required erosion and sediment control and dechlorination measures are followed. 1 The swabbing shall be repeated until the discharge water runs clear within ten seconds of the last swab exiting the discharge point or until the Operating Authority is satisfied with the clarity of the water. The Contractor shall mark, number and demonstrate to the Contract Administrator that all swabs, or parts thereof, have been retrieved. The Contractor shall be liable for costs associated with damage caused by and retrieving swabs that, for whatever reasons, escape into the existing water distribution system. All swab launch or swab retrieval locations shall extend above the finishedg rade elevation and be capped when not in use to prevent debris and contaminants from entering the system. 1 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing y The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 441.07.24 Hydrostatic Testing and under the supervision of the Contract Administrator. All hydrant leads, services, stubs, blow-offs etc. shall be subject to the hydrostatic pressure testing. Hydrant valves shall be in the open position to subject the hydrant to the test as well. 3. Disinfection of New Watermains Where a newly constructed watermain is disinfected using the tablet, continuous feed, slug, or spray chlorination method(not limited to large transmission mains) as per the procedures in ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains, the minimum contact times, initial chlorine concentrations, and maximum allowable decreases in chlorine concentration as listed in Table 1below, shall be used. The disinfection method used is at the discretion of the Contractor. I i I SP-55 When using the Tablet or Continuous Feed Disinfection Method, if the maximum allowable decrease in chlorine concentrations is exceeded at any of the sampling points, the disinfection procedure must be repeated. I When using the Slug Disinfection Method, the chlorine concentration shall be measured in the slug at the beginning of the disinfection process, as the slug moves through the watermain, and at the point of discharge. If the chlorine concentration decreases by more than 25 mg/L at any of the sampling points, the flow shall be stopped and additional chlorine shall be added to restore the chlorine concentration in the slug to not less than its original concentration. Service Pipes of 100 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the purposes of this procedure and shall be disinfected and tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains as modified by the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure". For service pipes of diameter less than 100 mm, Operating Authorities shall ensure that sanitary conditions are maintained during installation/repair, and that flushing is conducted before they are placed into service. The method of disinfecting the main shall be identified on the Testing Submission plan submitted to the Contract Administrator. Table l: Chlorine Concentrations* and Contact Times for New Watermains Disinfection Minimum Initial Chlorine Maximum Allowable Decrease in Method Contact Time Concentration Chlorine Concentration Tablet or 24 hours > 25mg/L 40% of the Initial Chlorine Concentration Continuous Feed to a Maximum of 50 mg/L** Slug 3 hours > 100mg/L 25 mg/L Spray 30 minutes > 200mg/L Measurement Not Required * At concentrations over 10 mg/L,measurements of total chlorine and free chlorine shall be deemed ' equivalent ** Exception: Where copper pipe is used as a watermain, disinfection shall be performed using the continuous feed method, with an initial concentration of> 50mg/L and a minimum 24-hour contact time. Due to the chlorine demand exerted by the copper,the maximum allowable decrease requirement in Table 1 does not apply, and the effectiveness of the disinfection process shall be demonstrated by the Microbiological Sampling referred to in Construction Sequence No. 5 below I 4. Flushing and Dechlorination Following disinfection of the watermains and watermain branches, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed and managed as per the most recent version of the MECP document"Watermain Testing Procedure, - ANSI/AWWA C655 —Field Dechlorination and the following special I provision to dechlorinate prior to discharge into the natural environment. Flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing reaches at 1 least 0.2mg/L free chlorine in a chlorinated system or 1.0mg/L combined chlorine in a chloraminated system. If these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved, flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing is representative of the I 1 ' SP-56 system residual in the break/connection area, determined by sampling upstream of the break/connection area and downstream at the flushing location, or by using documented ' benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a chloraminated system. Dechlorination is required for any water that is directly discharged into surface water or if the discharge into the natural environment is likely to cause an adverse effect, as per Condition 10.0 ' of Schedule B of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. The discharged water is deemed to be a Class II spill for the purposes of O. Reg. 675/98 (Classification and Exemption of Spills and Reporting of Discharges) made under the Environmental Protection Act. Discharges of flushed water are also regulated under Condition 5.5 of Schedule C of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. 1 In all cases, the wasted water must be neutralized to provide a total chlorine residual of less than 2 µg/L (0.002 ppm) (O.Reg. 170/03 - Drinking Water Systems) at the outfall where detrimental effects may be suffered by plants and/or animals in the natural environment. The Contract 1 Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater. Should tests show a residual greater than 2 µg/L, the discharge shall be ceased immediately, and the procedure modified to meet the less than 2 µg/L objective. Sites within 100 m of natural drainage, or with direct discharge to a water body, should be considered high risk. In such instances, the Owner may request an enhanced dechlorination plan along with contingency and mitigation plans in the event that the chlorine residuals exceed those specified. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater to ensure the chlorine residual and discharge limits are not exceeded. 111 5. Microbiological Samples for New Watermains Only certified municipal staff or trained designate (OWRA Reg. 170/03) shall collect samples for bacteriological testing. 1 After disinfection, in accordance with AWWA C651-Disinfecting Water Mains, two consecutive sets of water samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, shall be collected from every 350 metres of watermain or part thereof, from the ends of the main line and from each branch line off the main line (100 mm dia. or greater). One 200 mL bacteriological sample (bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY)must be obtained from each location. If requested by the Operating Authority, the Contractor shall assist with the sampling of the existing water system at a location(s) near the construction. The Operating Authority shall ensure that the microbiological samples taken in accordance with ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains include as a minimum Escherichia coli, Total Coliforms and Heterotrophic Plate Count(HPC) are tested by a licensed and accredited laboratory. When microbiological samples are taken from new watermains that have not been 1 placed into service, Operating Authorities shall ensure that additional samples are taken at the same time from the same location and are tested immediately for: 1 1 SP-57 I (a) free chlorine residual, if the system provides chlorination and does not provide chloramination; or I (b) combined chlorine residual, if the system provides chloramination. For new watermains with limited sampling points available, an alternative method of collecting I Microbiological Samples is staged sampling. Staged Sampling shall be performed as follows: • A flow meter shall be installed to measure flow through the new watermain • A sampling point shall be installed at the end of the new watermain (additional sampling points may also be installed along the length of the watermain); and • Flow shall be established and samples shall be collected from the sampling point(s) at intervals that are calculated to represent the lengths of the watermain as required by ANSI/AWWA C651-Disinfecting Water Mains, based on the pipe size and measured flow rate. The Owner will pay laboratory expenses for microbiological testing of the initial first 2 sets of water samples required for commissioning the new mains. If the disinfection fails to produce satisfactory sample test results, disinfection, sampling and testing shall be repeated at the Contractor's expense. The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are: Escherichia coli Not detectable 1 Total Coliform Not detectable Heterotrophic Plate Count(HPC) <500 CFU/ml (AWWA C651 -14) The Contractor shall endeavour to maintain an acceptable disinfectant concentration until the new watermain is placed into service. If a concentration of 0.05 mg/L of free chlorine residual in a chlorinated system (or 0.25 mg/L of combined chlorine residual in a chloraminated system) is not maintained prior to placing into service,the microbiological sampling shall be repeated. Commissioning of New Main and Services i Once a complete set of bacteriological samples produce satisfactory test results, the Contractor must request approval from the Operating Authority for the new watermain to be connected to the existing water system. The Operating Authority and/or the Contract Administrator must be present on site during the removal of the temporary connection and until the connection of the new main to the existing waterworks has been completed. ITEM NOS. 41 & 42 1 FORCEMAINS For the unit price bid the Contractor shall provide all labour, equipment and materials required to I install forcemains and appurtenances including all required excavation, bedding, backfill, swabbing, and testing, all in accordance with OPSS 412 for open installation (vertical trench). I SP-58 Payment for this item shall include the cost of all materials, granular bedding, specified backfill, testing, compaction, water, and where specified, restoration. Materials (a) Pipe Pipe material for forcemain installed by vertical trench installation shall be polyvinyl chloride 1 (PVC) DR25. The pipe colour shall be"green". Other colours for the forcemain piping will NOT be accepted. IPipe Labeling All PVC forcemain piping shall be factory stamped with the words "SEWAGE FORCEMAIN" along with its length. (b) Fittings Forcemain fittings shall be the same as that specified for watermains elsewhere or forcemain fittings shall be PVC DR25 fabricated gasketed pressure fittings with push-on joints for use with PVC DR25 pressure pipe. Fittings shall conform to AWWA Standard C900 or C905, shall be certified by the Canadian Standards Association to CSA Standard B137.3 and have a cast iron OD. Fiberglass reinforcement shall be provided as recommended by the fitting manufacturer. The fittings must meet or exceed the pressure rating of the pipe system. The colour of the fittings shall be"Green". (c) Gate Valves Main line valves to be MJ type, resilient seated gate valves with standard operating nut. Resilient-seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509. All valves to be supplied with"0"ring packing for water use and open counter-clockwise. Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve slide type with guide plate. Valve box covers to be stamped "SEWER". 1 Bedding and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular"A". Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. I I I SP-59 Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not I exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid. , Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. The stone bedding shall be wrapped(top, sides and bottom) in a I geotextile equivalent of Terrafix 400R. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlement of the installed piping; as such, the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. Laying and Jointing The forcemain piping shall be installed to grade, the Contractor shall ensure there are no intermediate high points in the forcemain. The laying and jointing of pipe shall conform to OPSS 412 for open cut construction. I The deflection of pipe joints, where required for offset changes, shall be as per manufacturer's specifications. Tracer Wire All forcemain shall have a Type TWU,No. 12/7 stranded copper conductor with thermoplastic I insulation, in accordance with CSA C22.2 No. 75, colour shall be green, rated for underground use, installed as a tracer wire with the pipe, each main line valve box or chamber. The tracer wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every 5.0 metres. The tracer wire shall be looped at every valve and fitting. The tracer wire shall be secured within the valve boxes and chambers to 300 mm of final grade with a minimum 600 mm of loose wire. All spliced or repaired wire connections, in the tracer wire system, shall be made with manufactured, approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire use. Cathodic Protection Sacrificial zinc nuts (protecto-cap) type shall be installed on each bolt on all metallic valves, fittings, and restraints. All fittings shall also have a 5.5 kg anode. Testing and Swabbing The requirements of OPSS 412 shall apply. The Contractor will make his own arrangements for water for testing and swabbing. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to make the necessary connections to the existing system following the testing and swabbing. I IP- 0 S 6 Swabbing will be required prior to commissioning of the main and after testing. A minimum of two (2) swabs will be passed through each section of mainline pipe to ensure that there is no ' blockage, debris, etc. Swabbing shall be included in the unit price bid for the forcemain items. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment may be required for the swabbing operation. The Contractor shall consider the requirements for such equipment and include the cost of such in the unit price bid for the various forcemain items. The Hydrostatic test pressure shall be 1,050 kPa. 1 Thrust Restraints for Forcemains Thrust restraints for forcemains shall be mechanical thrust restraints and; 1 a) All joint thrust restraint devices must meet or exceed the minimum requirements of UNI- Bell PVC Pipe Association Standard UNI-B-13-92 (Recommended Performance Specifications for Joint Restraint Devices for Use with Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe). Restraining glands (100 mm to 400 mm) shall be manufactured of high strength ductile iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 (minimum), (450 1 mm to 600 mm) shall be manufactured of structural steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A36. b) Fittings and pipe joints must be restrained, at a minimum, for the lengths recommended by the pipe and fitting manufacturer and as noted on the drawings. The Contractor shall 1 provide a minimum of three (3) sets of shop drawings for the designed restraining system for each fitting required for this contract. The shop drawings shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer Licensed to practice in Province of Ontario. The shop drawings shall be provided to the Contract Administrator prior to the start of construction. Restoration tRestoration shall be included in the unit price bid and shall be outlined under General SP-1 Restoration and as specified. ITEM NO. 43 TESTING, FLUSHING, AND SWABBING OF FORCEMAINS The requirements of OPSS 441 for swabbing, flushing and hydrostatic pressure testing shall apply. The Contractor will make his own arrangements for water for testing, flushing and swabbing. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to make the necessary connections to the existing system in order to carry out his testing operations. Swabbing will be required prior to commissioning of the main and after testing and flushing. A minimum of two (2) swabs will be passed through each section of mainline pipe to ensure that there is no blockage, debris, etc. Swabbing shall be included in the unit price bid for the forcemain items. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment may be required for the swabbing operation. The Contractor shall consider the requirements for such equipment and include the cost of such in the unit price bid for the various forcemain items. The hydrostatic test pressure shall be 1050 kPa. Air testing Ishall not be permitted. SP-61 I ITEM NO. 44 , TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PEDESTRIAN SAFETY For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of traffic control and pedestrian safety as specified below and in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 706 and in accordance with the Ministry of Labour, through the Occupational Health and Safety Act(OHSA) and Regulations for Construction Projects, R.S.O. 1990 and R.R.O. 213/91 as amended by 631/94 and 145/00, and as amended from time to time thereafter. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Temporary Conditions Control Plan, that is in conformance with the Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7- Temporary Conditions (latest edition), to the Contract Administrator at the pre-construction meeting. The Temporary I Conditions Control Plan shall reference the OTM Typical Layout used as a basis for the submission. General I In addition to the requirements for Contractors to control traffic and provide signage, in 1 accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 - Temporary Conditions (latest edition),the following conditions will apply: • At all times of construction, a minimum of one lane for traffic shall be open and maintained using appropriate traffic control measures and signage. • At the end of each working day,two lane traffic, controlled by barricades, delineators, etc., shall be maintained. Entrances to commercial establishments shall be maintained. • Pedestrian Safety Considerations as per 2.6.2 of Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7. Restrictions on Construction Operations Construction operations adversely affecting public traffic and the loading or unloading of 1 materials and construction equipment onto and from the travelled portion of the road shall not be carried out during the following periods: • 4:00 p.m. Friday to 7:00 a.m. Monday, for normal weekends • All Canadian statutory holidays. Basis of Payment for Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety Payment for this item shall be as follows: , (a) 60% for the submission of a Traffic Control Plan and initial installation. (b) 30% for maintenance and continual implementation of the Traffic Control Plan including, but not limited to, signage, flag persons, barricades, fencing etc. This portion of the lump sum bid shall be paid in proportion to the permanent work completed. (c) 10% for removal of signs,barricades, fencing etc. I I SP-62 ITEM NO. 45 BONDING AND INSURANCE For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall provide indemnification, insurance and bonding for the contract as specified in the OPSS.MUNI 100 General Conditions, the Supplemental General Conditions and as noted below. The bonds and insurance shall be supplied by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator upon the return of the signed Contracts. For this contract the indemnification period shall expire at 6 years from the date of certification of Final Acceptance. I GC 6.02 —Indemnification In addition to the Owner and the Contract Administrator, GC 6.02.01 shall be amended with the inclusion of the following to be indemnified and held harmless by the Contractor: • No additional parties to be included on the indemnification GC 6.03—Contractor's Insurance As per GC 6.03.01.01, the requirement for the following additional insurance coverages are as follows: •GC 6.03.04—Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance—Not applicable 1 •GC 6.03.05 —Property and Boiler Insurance—Not applicable •GC 6.03.06—Contractor's Equipment Insurance—Applicable GC 6.03.02—Commercial General Liability Insurance In addition to the Owner and the Contract Administrator, GC 6.03.02.01 shall be amended with the inclusion of the following as additional insureds: ' • No additional parties to be included on the Commercial General Liability Insurance. GC 6.04 Bonding As per GC 6.04.01,the Contractor shall provide the Owner with the following surety bonds in the amounts noted: tLabour and Material Bond The Contractor shall furnish a Labour and Material Payment Bond using Form 31 of Ontario Regulation 303/18 of the Construction Act that extends or guarantees payment protections to Subcontractors and persons supplying labour and material to the Contract for the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the tender. Performance Bond The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond using Form 32 of Ontario Regulation 303/18 of the Construction Act that is conditioned on the due performance of the terms of the Contract for the amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the tender. Ontario Regulation 303/18 Forms 31 and 32 can be found at: hup: 'ontarioecurtform .on,La en construction-lien-aet-forms; Payment under this item will be made with the first payment certificate. I SP-63 ITEM NO. 46 LUMP SUM FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS I For the lump sum price bid,the Contractor shall enter an amount for additional labour, equipment or material required to complete the contract but not specifically covered by or related ' to the other items in the Schedule of Items and Prices. The lump sum bid may include, but is not limited to, the following: watchmen, on-site washroom ' facilities, permits and approvals (other than those to be paid for by the Owner) or acquiring the services of the local operating authorities. This item shall also include attendance bya representative of the Contractor at a 2-hour public p information evening meeting(Monday to Thursday)that will be held virtually prior to commencing with any construction activities. Each progress payment certificate will include a percentage of the tender price for this item in proportion to the percentage of the permanent works completed. ' The submission by a tenderer of an unbalanced price for this item renders the tender liable to disqualification. ITEM NO. 47 1 ADDITIONAL TRENCH EXCAVATION When unsuitable soils are encountered and where conditions warrant, and to the limits as , established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction,the Contractor shall excavate below the proposed trench bottom. Payment shall be at the unit price bid for this item and shall include the removal and disposal of this material. Disposal shall be as outlined under the General SP -Management of Excess Materials. I ITEM NO. 48 RIGID BOARD INSULATION For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and place 50mm minimum thick rigid board insulation above the sanitary sewer, services and/or watermain at locations shown on the drawing or to the limits as established by the Contract Administrator. Material , The rigid board insulation shall be styrofoam SM or approved equivalent. Installation I • The rigid board insulation shall be installed over 150 mm of level, granular material. I SP-64 • A minimum of 200 mm ofgranular material shall be placed over the insulation before compaction equipment is used. • Rigid boards shall butt tightly together without gaps. Ends shall be staggered if more than one layer is used. ' • The insulation shall project a minimum of 1 pipe diameter beyond the outside edges of the pipe being protected • The minimum width of rigid board shall not be less than 1200 mm in width. ITEM NO. 49 RECONNECT EXISTING DRAINS AND SERVICES (up to 250 mm dia.) For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to excavate for, supply and install, reconnect and backfill all existing drains and/or services encountered at the time of construction. All connections shall be made with approved couplings (Fernco or equivalent). ' Payment under this item will only be paid when it is determined by the Contract Administrator that the work is required to: • Relocate drains and services that conflict with the sewer and/or watermain in horizontal or vertical alignment. • Repair any drains and services encountered that have not been shown on the drawings. The Contractor is responsible for replacing all other broken or damaged drains and services encountered in the excavation. Pipe Material Pipe material for repairs shall be Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (flexible)—CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6 or PVC SDR-28 for 100 mm— 150 mm diameter and PVC SDR-35 for 200 mm—250 mm diameter. Bedding,Embedment and Backfill Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, OPSD 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Embedment material shall be Granular A to 300 mm (min) above the top of the pipe. ITEM NO. 50 CONTINGENCIES A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those additional 1 items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner, by the Contract Administrator, will be expended from this allowance. I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I I I SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS I Table of Contents IGC 1.04 Definition 1 GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 4 I GC 2.02 Order of Precedence 4 GC 3.02 Working Drawings 4 GC 3.05 Layout Information 5 I GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time Delays 5 GC 3.07 5 GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 6 I GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property 6 GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance 6 GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 6 GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout 6 IGC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 7 GC 7.18 Drainage 7 GC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Materials 7 IGC 8.02.04.04 Substantial Performance of Work 7 GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment 7 IGC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 8 GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools 8 1 I I I I I I Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Supplemental GC's 20Nov25-fixed.docx I Page 1 GC SECTION SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITION GC 1.04 GC 1.04.01, Definitions, shall be amended with the inclusion of the DEFINITION following definitions: Acceptable Disinfectant Concentration means: a) a disinfectant concentration of at least 0.2 mg/L free chlorine residual in a chlorinated system or 1.0 mg/L combined chlorine residual in a chloraminated system; or, if these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved, b) a disinfectant concentration that is representative of the residual in the area, determined by testing upstream and downstream from the testing location or by using documented benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a chloraminated system. Air Gap means a space at the location of the maintenance/repair between the exterior surface of the watermain and the interior surfaces of the excavation, including the water in the excavation, sufficient to prevent water, soil or any other Contaminant in the excavation from contacting the watermain, fittings, or Appurtenances throughout the maintenance/repair process. Appurtenance means an appurtenance, within the meaning of O. Reg. , 170/03, which is in contact with the Drinking Water. Backflow Prevention means the prevention of a reversal of normal flow that could introduce Contamination to the Drinking Water System. Certified Operator means certified operator within the meaning of O. Reg. 170/03. Completion means contract completion as set out in the Construction Act.: For the purposes of this Act, a contract shall be deemed to be completed and services or materials shall be deemed to be last supplied to the improvement when the price of completion, correction of a known defect or last supply is not more than the lesser of, (a) 1 per cent of the contract price; and (b) $5,000. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, s. 2 (3); 2017, c. 24, s. 4 (5, 6) Connection means all watermain and appurtenances installed between an existing watermain and a new or future watermain/appurtenance. Construction Trade Newspaper, as per Ontario Regulation 304/18, as made under the Construction Act, means a newspaper, I (a) that is published either in paper format with circulation generally throughout Ontario or in electronic format in Ontario, Page 2 (b) that is published at least daily on all days other than Saturdays and holidays, (c) in which calls for tender on construction contracts are customarily published, and (d) that is primarily devoted to the publication of matters of concern to the ' construction industry. Contaminant means foreign matter that is not intended to enter a watermain. Contamination means the introduction of a contaminant into a watermain. ' Directly Supervised means directly supervised within the meaning of Section 5.1.1 of the Certification Guide for Operators and Water Quality Analysts of Drinking Water Systems, as amended, but it does not expressly refer to the definition of supervisor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. ' Drinking Water means drinking water within the meaning of the Safe Drinking Water Act. ' Drinking Water Health Hazard means drinking water health hazard within the meaning of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Drinking Water System means drinking water system within the meaning of the Safe Drinking Water Act. ' Flushing means flowing water through a section of watermain/appurtenances and out of the system until the water appears visibly free from discoloration and particulates with an acceptable disinfectant concentration. This definition does not include recharging a watermain. ' Force Majeure means an event or a cause beyond the reasonable control of a Party including, but not limited to, an Act of God, or of a Public Enemy, Acts ' of the Province or of any Foreign State,war,blockades,and civil commotions, Abnormal Weather,fire,disease,epidemic,pandemic,quarantine restrictions, embargoes or delays of Sub-Contractors due to such causes. Higher Velocity Flushing means flushing of a watermain with sufficient velocity to discharge settled materials. ' Isolate means operate valves to ensure that there is no flow of water to or from a specific section of watermain. Microbiological Samples means water samples taken and tested for Escherichia coli and Total Coliforms by a licensed and accredited laboratory. I I Page 3 Ministry means the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks. Operator-in-Charge means an operator-in-charge within the meaning of , O. Reg. 128/04. Provisional means that the use of this item is conditional on the circumstances determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction and that authorization to proceed must be granted to the Contractor prior to proceeding with the work. Service Pipe means a service pipe within the meaning of O. Reg. 170/03. 111 Shop Drawings means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for components that will form a permanent part of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include mechanical and electrical equipment or components permanently embedded in the work. Statutory Holdback means the holdbacks required under the Construction Act in the form of funds. A letter of credit, a demand-worded repayment bond or any other form are not acceptable forms of holdback. Substantial Performance has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30. For the purposes of this Act, a contract is substantially performed, (a) when the improvement to be made under that contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purposes intended; and (b)when the improvement to be made under that contract is capable of completion or, where there is a known defect, correction, at a cost of not more than, (i) 3 per cent of the first $1,000,000 of the contract price, (ii) 2 per cent of the next$1,000,000 of the contract price, and (iii) 1 per cent of the balance of the contract price. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, s. 2 (1); 2017, c. 24, s. 4 (1, 2). (2) For the purposes of this Act, where the improvement or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purposes intended and the owner and the contractor agree not to complete the improvement expeditiously, the price of the services or materials remaining to be supplied and required to complete the improvement shall be deducted from the contract price in determining substantial performance. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, s. 2 (2); 2017, c. 24, s. 4 (3), 66. 1 Water Advisory means a boil or drinking water advisory for the area being serviced by the affected watermains declared by the local Medical Officer of Health. I Page 4 I Water Quality Analyst means a water quality analyst within the meaning of O. Reg. 128/04. I Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may, without I limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; or erection diagrams. I GC 2.01 GC 2.01.01 a) shall be amended as follows: RELIANCE ON CONTRACT a) The location and depth of all utilities shown on the contract drawings are I DOCUMENTS based on information obtained from the applicable operating authority. Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator can warrant the locations of the utilities. IGC 2.01.02 a) shall be amended as follows: I a) If a geotechnical investigation was performed for this contract, the report will be made available at the office of the Contract Administrator for inspection by any bidder but the office of the Contract Administrator I assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions which may be inherent in the soils report. Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator warrants interpretations of data or opinions expressed in I any subsurface report. Bidders shall acknowledge that any geotechnical report shall not form part of the contract or agreement. l GC 2.02 ORDER OF GC 2.02 shall be amended such that documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order: PRECEDENCE I a) Agreement b) Addenda c) Special Provisions I d) Contract Drawings e) Information to Bidders f) Standard Specifications I g) Standard Drawings h) Tender i) Supplemental General Conditions I j) OPSS.MUNI 100 General Conditions of Contract k) Working Drawings and Shop Drawings I GC 3.02 WORKING GC 3.02.01, GC 3.02.02, GC 3.02.03, GC 3.02.04, GC 3.02.05, and GC DRAWINGS 3.02.07 shall also apply to Shop Drawings. IGC 3.02.06 shall be amended as follows: .06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Contract Administrator's comments are issued to the Contractor. Work I 1 Page 5 related to the Shop Drawings shall not proceed until the Shop Drawings have been signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with, "Reviewed" or"Reviewed as Modified", "Revise and Re-Submit" or"Not Reviewed". GC 3.05 GC 3.05.02 shall be amended as follows: LAYOUT INFORMATION .02 The Contract Administrator shall provide pre and post construction inventories of all known Monuments, etc. that are located within the Working Area. GC 3.06 GC 3.06.01 shall be amended to read: EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME .01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator, with a copy to the Owner, within five (5)business days of the Contractor becoming aware of the need for such extension and at least 15 Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time shall I enumerate the reasons and state the length of extension required. GC 3.07 GC 3.07.01 shall be deleted and replaced with the following: DELAYS .01 If the Contract is delayed in the performance of the Work by, a) errors in the Contract Documents; b) an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents; ' c) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority,provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly. d) The Contract Administrator giving notice under section GC 7.09, Suspension of Work; or e) Archaeological finds, in accordance with subsection GC 3.15, Archaeological Finds, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. An Extension of Contract Time may be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. Notwithstanding the above noted list, anything that falls within the above-noted list does not fall within the definition of Force Majeure in Section 1.04.01, as amended by the Supplemental General Conditions. , GC 3.07.03 shall be deleted and replaced with the following: .03 In no case shall an extension of Contract Time, if granted, be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor and save and except for those delays Page 6 ' listed in Section 3.07.01, as amended by the Supplemental General Conditions, in no other circumstance shall the Owner be responsible to the ' Contractor for payment for costs or damages incurred as a result of delays resulting in an Extension of the Contract Time. GC 4.02 GC 4.02.01 shall be amended as follows: APPROVALS AND PERMITS .01 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all ' plumbing and building permits. GC 6.01 GC 6.01.04 shall be deleted and replaced with: PROTECTION OF WORK, PERSONS .04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that AND PROPERTY occurs as a result of errors in the Contract documents or acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contractor Administrator, their agents and employees, or others not directly or indirectly under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's permission. GC 6.03.02 GC 6.03.02.01 shall be amended as follows: COMMERCIAL GENERAL General liability insurance and completed operations coverage shall both LIABILITY be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract INSURANCE Administrator named as additional insureds, both with the limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. The insurance shall be provided in a form acceptable to the Owner. GC 6.03.07 GC 6.03.07.01 shall be amended as follows: INSURANCE ' REQUIREMENTS AND DURATION .01 Each insurance policy as noted in the Contract Documents, excluding completed operations coverage, shall be in effect from the date of Contract signing until 10 days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the final Acceptance Certificate. Completed operations coverage shall be maintained for six years from the date of Final Acceptance. GC 7.02 GC 7.02.07 shall be amended as follows: MONUMENTS AND LAYOUT .07 The Contract Administrator shall provide qualified personnel to lay out the following once: • Offset stakes for road centreline alignment • Offset stakes for storm sewer structures and sanitary sewer structures • Final curb grade and alignment ' • Alignment for bridge foundations Subsequent layout, for the same item,will be at the Contractor's expense. ' One week advance notice is required by the Contract Administrator to schedule the construction layout. I 1 Page 7 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out all other lines and grades necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator. GC 7.10 GC 7.10.02 shall be amended as follows: CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP .02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 60 Days or THE WORK OR more under an order of a court or other public authority which falls within TERMINATE THE Section GC 3.07.01(c), as amended in the Supplemental General Conditions, CONTRACT the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner written notice, terminate the Contract. GC 7.18 GC 7.18.01 shall be amended as follows: DRAINAGE .01 During construction and until the Work is completed, the Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to keep all portions of the Work properly and efficiently drained, to at least the same degree as that of the existing drainage conditions. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage which may be caused or result from water backing up or flowing over, through, from or along any part of the works, or which any of the operations may cause to flow elsewhere. GC 8.02.03 GC 8.02.03.01, the first sentence of paragraph GC 8.02.03.01 shall be ADVANCE amended as follows: PAYMENTS FOR MATERIALS .01 The Owner may make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: GC 8.02.04.04 GC 8.02.04.04.04, shall be amended as follows: SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMACE OF .04 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the WORK Contractor shall forthwith, as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Act, as amended, publish a copy of the certificate in a construction trade newspaper. GC 8.02.04.05 GC 8.02.04.05.03, shall be amended as follows: SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE .03 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment PAYMENT AND Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the SUBSTANTIAL Statutory Holdback due in respect of Work performed up to the date of PERFORMANCE Substantial Performance. Payment of such Statutory Holdback shall be due STATUTORY 61 Days after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial HOLDBACK Performance but subject to the provisions of the Construction Act and the RELEASE submission by the Contractor of the following documents: PAYMENT a) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and CERTIFICATES Insurance Board; I Page 8 b) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance; c) Three copies of an original signed and sealed release, on the form i provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor releasing the Owner from all further claims related to the Contract qualified by stated exceptions such as outstanding work or matter arising out of subsection GC 3.13 Claims,Negotiations, Mediation; and d) Three copies of an original signed and notarized statutory declaration on the form provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator,by the Contractor indicating that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract ' have been discharged except for the statutory holdbacks properly retained and guaranteed maintenance holdback properly retained. ' GC 8.02.04.07 GC 8.02.04.07.02, shall be amended as follows: COMPLETION PAYMENT AND .02 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall COMPLETION be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the further Statutory STATUTORY Holdback. Subject to any outstanding liens and permissible set-offs and HOLDBACK upon submission of the following: ' RELEASE PAYMENT a) Three copies of an original signed and sealed release, on the CERTIFICATES document provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor releasing the Owner from all further claims related to the Contract qualified by stated exceptions such as outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation; b) Three copies of an original signed and notarized statutory declaration, on the form provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor indicating that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been discharged except for the statutory holdbacks properly retained and Guaranteed Maintenance Holdback properly retained; and c) A satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, the Owner shall pay the remaining statutory holdback on the Work done, within 28 Days after the expiration of the 60-Day lien period. GC 8.02.05.07 GC 8.02.05.07.01 shall be amended as follows: PAYMENT FOR ' HAND TOOLS .01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade including pick-up trucks and service vans. I I -t,, Ontario Provincial Standards OPSS.MUNI 100 I for i z November 2019 Roads and Public Works OPSS MUNI GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT I Table of Contents SECTION GC 1.0 -INTERPRETATION I GC 1.01 Captions 7 I GC 1.02 Abbreviations 7 GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References 7 I GC 1.04 Definitions 8 GC 1.05 Ontario Traffic Manual 13 I GC 1.06 Final Acceptance 13 GC 1.07 Interpretation of Certain Words 13 I SECTION GC 2.0 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS I GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 14 GC 2.02 Order of Precedence 14 I SECTION GC 3.0 -ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT I GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority 16 GC 3.02 Working Drawings 17 I GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment 18 GC 3.04 Emergency Situations 18 I GC 3.05 Layout Information 18 GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time 18 I GC 3.07 Delays 19 GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract 20 GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor 20 GC 3.10 Changes 20 I I November 2019 Page 1 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work 20 I GC 3.10.02 Extra Work 21 GC 3.10.03 Additional Work 21 IGC 3.11 Notices 21 GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance 22 IGC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation 22 GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work 22 GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping 22 IGC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure 22 GC 3.13.04 Negotiations 23 IGC 3.13.05 Mediation 23 GC 3.13.06 Payment 23 IGC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties 24 GC 3.14 Arbitration 24 IGC 3.14.01 Conditions for Arbitration 24 GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure 24 IGC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator 24 3.14.04 Costs 25 ICC GC 3.14.05 The Decision 25 IGC 3.15 Archaeological Finds 25 SECTION GC 4.0 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS IGC 4.01 Working Area 26 4.02 Approvals and Permits 26 ICC GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials 26 GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property 27 GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor 27 IGC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default 27 GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct a Default 28 I November 2019 Page 2 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work 28 I GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor 29 GC 4.10 Termination of the Contract 29 I GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations 29 GC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond 29 I GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment 29 SECTION GC 5.0 -MATERIAL I GC 5.01 Supply of Material 30 GC 5.02 Quality of Material 30 GC 5.03 Rejected Material 30 I GC 5.04 Substitutions 31 GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material 31 I GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material 31 GC 5.05.02 Care of Material 31 I SECTION GC 6.0 -INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE I GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons, and Property 33 GC 6.02 Indemnification 33 I GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance 34 GC 6.03.01 General 34 I GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance 34 I GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance 35 GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance 35 I GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance 35 GC 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance 35 I GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion 36 I GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage 36 GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance 36 I November 2019 Page 3 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I I GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 37 GC 6.04 Bonding 37 IGC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board 37 SECTION GC 7.0 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK IGC 7.01 General 38 I GC 7.01.01 Site Visit... 38 GC 7.01.02 Commencement of Work 38 IGC 7.01.03 Control and Responsibility . 38 GC 7.01.04 Compliance with the Occupational Health and safety Act 38 IGC 7.01.05 Contractor's Representatives ... . 39 GC 7.01.06 Assistance to the Contract Administrator... 40 1 GC 7.01.07 Schedule ... 40 GC 7.01.08 Errors and Inconsistencies as Relating to the Contract 40 IGC 7.01.09 Utilities 40 GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout 41 IGC 7.03 Working Area 42 GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment 42 I GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles 42 IGC 7.06 Maintaining Roadways and Detours 42 GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services 43 IGC 7.08 Approvals and Permits 44 GC 7.09 Suspension of Work 44 IGC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 44 GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor 45 IGC 7.12 Environmental Incident Management ...45 GC 7.13 Obstructions 46 IGC 7.14 Limitations of Operations 46 I November 2019 Page 4 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 I GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance 46 GC 7.16 Warranty 46 I GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers 47 GC 7.18 Drainage 47 SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT I GC 8.01 Measurement 48 GC 8.01.01 Quantities 48 I GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities 48 GC 8.02 Payment 49 GC 8.02.01 Non-Resident Contractor 49 I GC 8.02.02 Price for Work 49 GC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Material 49 GC 8.02.04 Certification and Payment 50 I GC 8.02.04.01 Progress Payment 50 GC 8.02.04.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion 50 GC 8.02.04.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment 51 GC 8.02.04.04 Certification of Substantial Performance 51 I GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 52 GC 8.02.04.06 Certification of Completion 52 I GC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 52 GC 8.02.04.08 Interest 53 GC 8.02.04.09 Interest for Late Payment 53 I GC 8.02.04.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims 53 GC 8.02.04.11 Owner's Set-Off 54 GC 8.02.04.12 Delay in Payment 54 GC 8.02.05 Payment on a Time and Material Basis 54 I GC 8.02.05.01 Definitions 54 GC 8.02.05.02 Daily Work Records 55 I GC 8.02.05.03 Payment for Work 55 GC 8.02.05.04 Payment for Labour 55 GC 8.02.05.05 Payment for Material 56 GC 8.02.05.06 Payment for Equipment 56 GC 8.02.05.06.01 Working Time 56 GC 8.02.05.06.02 Standby Time 56 GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools 57 GC 8.02.05.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors 57 I GC 8.02.05.09 Submission of Invoices 57 GC 8.02.05.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis 57 GC 8.02.05.11 Payment Inclusions 58 I GC 8.02.06 Final Acceptance Certificate 58 November 2019 Page 5 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 GC 8.02.07 Records 58 1 GC 8.02.08 Taxes 58 GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages 59 1 I i 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 November 2019 Page 6 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I SECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION GC 1.01 Captions .01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit, or enlarge the scope or meaning of the General Conditions or any provision hereof. GC 1.02 Abbreviations .01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent the organizations and phrases listed on the right: "AASHTO" - American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials "ACI" - American Concrete Institute "ANSI" - American National Standards Institute "ASTM" - ASTM International "AWG" - American Wire Gauge "AWWA" - American Water Works Association "CCIL" - Canadian Council of Independent Laboratories "CGSB" - Canadian General Standards Board "CSA" - CSA Group-formerly Canadian Standards Association "CWB" - Canadian Welding Bureau "GC" - General Conditions "ISO" - International Organization for Standardization "MECP" - Ontario Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks "MTO" - Ontario Ministry of Transportation "MUTCD" - Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by MTO "OHSA" - Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act "OLS" - Ontario Land Surveyor "OPS" - Ontario Provincial Standard "OPSD" - Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing "OPSS" - Ontario Provincial Standard Specification "OTM" - Ontario Traffic Manual "PEO" - Professional Engineers Ontario "SAE" - SAE International "SCC" - Standards Council of Canada "SSPC" - The Society for Protective Coatings "UL" - Underwriters Laboratories "ULC" - Underwriters Laboratories Canada "WHMIS" - Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System "WSIB" - Workplace Safety& Insurance Board GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References .01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to include the feminine and the plural and vice versa, as the context requires. I I November 2019 Page 7 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I GC 1.04 Definitions 1 .01 For the purposes of the Contract Documents the following definitions shall apply: Abnormal Weather means an extreme climatic condition characterized by wind speed, air temperature, precipitation, or snow fall depth, that is less than or greater than 1-1/2 standard deviations from the mean determined from the weather records of the 25-year period immediately preceding the tender opening date. Actual Measurement means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the Work. Addenda means any additions or change in the Tender documents issued by the Owner prior to Tender ' closing. Additional Work means work not provided for in the Contract Documents and not considered by the ' Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope. Agreement means the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor for the performance of the Work that is included in the Contract Documents. Base means a layer of Material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement, driving surface, finished grade, curb and gutter, or sidewalk. Business Day means any Day except Saturdays, Sundays, and statutory holidays. ' Certificate of Subcontract Completion means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04.02, Certification of Subcontract Completion. Certificate of Substantial Performance means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Substantial Performance. Change Directive means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator where so authorized, directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed. Change in the Work means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease, or alteration of lines; grades; dimensions; quantities; methods; drawings; substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface, or other conditions; changes in the character of the Work to be done; or Materials of the Work or part thereof, within the intended scope of the Contract. Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work; and establishing the basis for payment and the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time. Completion means contract completion as set out in the Construction Act. Completion Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Completion. Completion Payment means the payment described more particularly in clause GC 8.02.04.07. Construction Act means as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, as amended. I November 2019 Page 8 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I Constructor means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the Contract. Contract means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents. Contract Administrator means the person, partnership, or corporation designated by the Owner to be the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract. Contract Documents mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, Tender, General Conditions of Contract, Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, Addenda incorporated in a Contract Document before the execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement, and subsequent amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement. Contract Drawings or Contract Plans mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any Subsurface Report, and any other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and without limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel schedules, aggregate sources list, Quantity Sheets, and cross-sections. Contract Time means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance or Completion of the Work, including any extension of time made pursuant to the Contract Documents. Contractor means the person, partnership, or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the I Agreement. Control Monument means any horizontal or vertical (benchmark) monument that is used to lay out the Work. Controlling Operation means any component of the Work that, if delayed, may delay the completion of the Work. Cut-Off Date means the date up to which payment shall be made for Work performed. Daily Work Records mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours worked or on standby, types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby, and description and quantities of Material utilized. Day means a calendar day. f Drawings or Plans mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans, or any Working Drawings or Working Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work. I End Result Specification means specifications that require the Contractor to be responsible for supplying a product or part of the Work. The Owner accepts or rejects the final product or applies a price adjustment that is commensurate with the degree of compliance with the specification. Engineer means a professional engineer licenced by the Professional Engineers of Ontario to practice in the Province of Ontario. ' Equipment means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment. Estimate means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context. I November 2019 Page 9 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I Extra Work means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope, including unanticipated Work required to comply with legislation and regulations that affect the Work. Final Acceptance means the date on which the Contract Administrator determines that the Work has passed all inspection and testing requirements and the Contract Administrator is satisfied that the Contractor has rectified all imperfect Work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. Final Acceptance Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final Acceptance of the Work. Final Detailed Statement means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing the quantities, unit prices, and final dollar amounts of all items of Work completed under the Contract, including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the monthly Estimates. Geotechnical Report means a report or other information identifying soil, rock, and ground water conditions in the area of any proposed Work. Grade means the required elevation of that part of the Work. Hand Tools means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small power tools. Highway means a common and public highway any part of which is intended for or used by the general public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof. Inclement Weather means weather conditions or conditions resulting directly from weather conditions that prevent the Contractor from proceeding with a Controlling Operation. Lot means a specific quantity of Material or a specific amount of construction normally from a single source and produced by the same process. Lump Sum Item means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given in the Contract Documents. Major Item means any tender item that has a value, calculated based on its actual or estimated tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal to or greater than the lesser of, a) $100,000, or b) 5% of the total tender value calculated based on the total of all the estimated tender quantities and the tender unit prices. Material means Material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work. Monument means either a Property Monument or a Control Monument. Owner means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, "Authority." rPavement means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic concrete, hydraulic cement concrete, Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch. 1 November 2019 Page 10 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I Performance Bond means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond. Plan Quantity means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in the Contract Documents. Project means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract. Proper Invoice has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act. Property Monument means any property bar, concrete pillar, rock post, cut cross or other object that marks the boundary between real property ownership. Quality Assurance (QA) means a system or series of activities carried out by the Owner to ensure that I Work meets the specified requirements. Quality Control (QC) means a system or series of activities carried out by the Contractor, Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer to ensure that Work meets the specified requirements. Quantity Sheet means a list of the quantities of Work to be done. Quarried Rock means Material removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of rock that, prior to removal, was integral with the parent mass. Quarry means a place where aggregate has been or is being removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic rock or any combination of these that, prior to removal, was integral with the parent areas. Rate of Interest means the prejudgment interest rate determined under subsection 127(2) of the Courts I of Justice Act or, if the contract or subcontract specifies a different interest rate for the purpose, the greater of the prejudgment interest rate and the interest rate specified in the contract or subcontract. Records mean any books, payrolls, accounts, or other information that relate to the Work or any Change in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work or claims arising therefrom. Roadway means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes j the Shoulders. Shoulder means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the travelled portion of the wearing surface and the top inside edge of the ditch or fill slope. Special Provisions mean directions containing requirements specific to the Work. Standard Drawing or Standard Specification means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for performance of the Work. Statutory Holdback means the holdbacks required under the Construction Act. I Subbase means a layer of Material of specified type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base. Subcontractor means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the I Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor. Subgrade means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the pavement structure, consisting of Base, Subbase, and Pavement. I November 2019 Page 11 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I Substantial Performance has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, as amended. Subsurface Report means a report or other information identifying the location of Utilities, concealed and adjacent structures, and physical obstructions that fall within the influence of the Work. Superintendent means the Contractor's authorized representative in charge of the Work and who shall be a "competent person" within the meaning of the definition contained in the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. 0.1, as amended. Surety means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.I.8, as amended, executing a bond provided by the Contractor. Tender means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner, to complete the Work. Time and Material means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. Utility means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil, steam, data transmission, telephone, and cable television. Warranty Period means the applicable time period according to clause GC 7.16.02, Warranty. Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. Working Area means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction of the Work. Working Day means any Day, a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays; b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this shall be a Day during which the Contractor cannot proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and Equipment force effectively engaged on the Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours; c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of, i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on behalf of the Owner. ii. non-delivery of Owner supplied Materials. iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor that can be substantiated by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; shop drawings; shop plans; or erection diagrams. I November 2019 Page 12 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I GC 1.05 Ontario Traffic Manual .01 All references in the Contract Documents to the MUTCD, including all Parts and Divisions thereof, I or MTO Traffic Control Manual for Roadway Work Operations, or Traffic Control Manual for Roadway Operations Field Edition are hereby deleted and replaced by all currently available books which make up the Ontario Traffic Manual. GC 1.06 Final Acceptance .01 For the purposes of determining whether Final Acceptance has occurred, the Contract Administrator shall not take into account, in determining the discharge of the Contractor's obligations, any warranty obligation of the Contractor to the extent that the warranty extends beyond 12 months after Substantial Performance. GC 1.07 Interpretation of Certain Words .01 The words "acceptable," "approval," "authorized," "considered necessary," "directed," "required," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered necessary, or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. I 1 I I I I I a I November 2019 Page 13 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents .01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon with the following limitations or exceptions: a) Based on available information at the time of the contract, the location of all mainline underground Utilities that may affect the Work shall be shown to a tolerance of: Ii. 1 m horizontal, and ii. 0.3 m vertical .02 The Owner does not warrant or make any representation with respect to: a) interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface Report available for the perusal of the Contractor, that are not included as part of the Contract Documents, and b) other information specifically excluded from this warranty. fGC 2.02 Order of Precedence .01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following descending order: a) Agreement b) Addenda c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Standard Specifications f) Standard Drawings g) Tender Ih) Supplemental General Conditions i) OPSS.MUNI 100 General Conditions of Contract j) Working Drawings Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents. .02 In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the following rules shall apply: a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions scaled from the same Drawing; b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale; c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and I November 2019 Page 14 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series. .03 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following descending order of precedence shall govern: a) Owner's Standard Specifications 1 b) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications c) Other standards referenced in OPSSs and OPSDs (e.g., CSA, CGSB, ASTM, and ANSI). .04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. i I 1 1 I 1 I I I 1 November 2019 Page 15 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority .01 The Contract Administrator shall be the Owner's representative during construction and until the issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate, whichever is later. All instructions to the Contractor, including instructions from the Owner, shall be issued by the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. .02 All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator in writing by the Contractor. .03 The Contract Administrator may inspect the Work for its conformity with the Contract Documents, and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule of tender quantities and unit prices or to assess the value of the Work completed in the case of a lump sum price Contract. .04 The Contract Administrator shall provide an estimate of the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract as provided for in section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. .05 The Contract Administrator, to not cause delay in the schedule, shall, with reasonable promptness, review and take appropriate action upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with the Contract Documents . .06 The Contract Administrator shall investigate all allegations of a Change in the Work made by the Contractor and issue appropriate instructions. .07 The Contract Administrator shall prepare Change Directives and Change Orders for the Owner's approval. .08 Upon written application by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall jointly conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or the date of Completion of the Work or both. .09 The Contract Administrator shall be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and, in making these decisions, the Contract Administrator shall not show partiality to either party. .10 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to reject any part of the Work or Material that does not conform to the Contract Documents. .11 In the event that the Contract Administrator determines that any part of the Work performed by the Contractor is defective, whether the result of poor workmanship the use of defective Material or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether or not incorporated in the Work or otherwise fails to conform to the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall if directed by the Contract Administrator promptly, as directed by the Contract Administrator, remove the Work and replace, make good, or re-execute the Work at no additional cost to the Owner. .12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements, or re-executions shall be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner. I November 2019 Page 16 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 i .13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator it is not expedient to correct defective Work or Work not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the Work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents amount that will be determined in the first instance by the Contract Administrator. .14 Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any �I certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to reject any defective Work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective Work or Material. .15 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such reasonable time as may be necessary: a) to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's construction layout; I b) to facilitate the inspection of any portion of the Work; or c) for the Contractor to remedy its non-compliance with any provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for suspension of the Work in these circumstances. .16 The Owner has the right to terminate the Contract for wilful or persistent violation by the Contractor or its workers of any applicable laws or bylaws, including but not limited to, the Occupational Health and Safety Act legislation and regulations, Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Act, and111 Regulation 347 of the Environmental Protection Act. .17 If the Contract Administrator determines that any worker employed on the Work is incompetent, as defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act, or is disorderly, then the Contract Administrator shall provide written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor shall immediately remove the worker from the Working Area. Such worker shall not return to the Working Area without the prior written consent of the Contract Administrator. GC 3.02 Working Drawings .01 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as called for by the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor, to not cause delay in the Work, shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence . If either the Contractor or the Contract Administrator so requests, they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form. At the time of submission, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any deviations from the Contract Documents that exist in the Working Drawings. .03 The Contract Administrator shall review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed upon schedule, or otherwise, with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay. .04 The Contract Administrator's review shall be to check for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents, unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by the Contract Administrator. I November 2019 Page 17 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .05 The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings that the Contract Administrator may require to make the Working Drawings consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit, unless otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract Administrator. ' .06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been signed and dated by the Contract Administrator. .07 The Contractor shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site at all times. GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment .01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment, or work force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment. .02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others. 1 .03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and protection are maintained throughout the Work. GC 3.04 Emergency Situations .01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation and, when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action or, if the Contractor is not available, the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation. .02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial Work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall pay for the remedial Work. 111 GC 3.05 Layout Information .01 The Contract Administrator shall provide background information, including without limitation, baseline and benchmark information, to facilitate the general location, alignment, elevation and layout of the Work. .02 The Contract Administrator shall provide pre and post construction inventories of all Monuments, etc. that are located within the Working Area. .03 The Owner shall be responsible only for the correctness of the layout information provided by the Contract Administrator. GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time .01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15 Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time shall enumerate the reasons and state the length of extension required. r 1 November 2019 Page 18 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I r .02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following: a) Delays, subsection GC 3.07. 1 b) Changes in the Work, clause GC 3.10.01. c) Extra Work, clause GC 3.10.02. 1 d) Additional Work, clause GC 3.10.03. .03 The Contract Administrator shall, in reviewing an application for an extension to the Contract Time, consider whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, or Additional Work involve a Controlling Operation. .04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner. .05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time. I GC 3.07 Delays .01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by, a) war, blockades, and civil commotions; b) errors in the Contract Documents; c) an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents; d) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly; e) the Contract Administrator giving notice under section GC 7.0, Suspension of Work; f) Abnormal Weather; or g) archaeological finds, in accordance with subsection GC 3.15, Archaeological Finds, I then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of Contract Time due to Abnormal Weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of Contract Time may be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock-outs, including lock-outs decreed or recommended to its members by a recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound, which are beyond the Contractor's control, then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless such delays are the result of actions by the Owner. I November 2019 Page 19 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the cost of delays incurred as a result of a dispute 1 .04 between the Contractor and Owner. The Contractor shall execute the Work and may pursue resolution of the dispute in accordance with subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediations. GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract .01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Owner. GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor .01 Subject to clause GC 3.09.03, Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Contractor may subcontract ' any part of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents and any limitations specified therein. .02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing in 10 Days prior to the start of construction of the intention to subcontract. Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the Subcontractor with whom it is intended. .03 The Contract Administrator shall, within 5 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the intended Subcontractor. The rejection shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for the rejection. 1 .04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has been engaged in accordance with this subsection. .05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner under the Contract Documents with respect to that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall, a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; and b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons ' directly employed by the Contractor. .06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a Subcontractor and the Owner. GC 3.10 Changes GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work 1 .01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon the receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change in the Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of clause GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. 1 November 2019 Page 20 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I 1 .03 If the Change in the Work relates solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work shall be made according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02, Variations in Tender Quantities. If the Change in the Work does not solely relate to quantities, then either the Owner or the Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the adjustment of the Contract price in respect of the Change in the Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.10.02 Extra Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of clause GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. I .03 Either the Owner or Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the payment for the Extra Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.10.03 Additional Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional Work, the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order. I .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.11 Notices .01 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered by hand, email, or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the date of mailing, if sent by mail. .02 The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mail and email addresses; cell phone, and telephone numbers for the Contract Administrator and the Superintendent at the commencement of the Work, and update as necessary. .03 In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2 Days. I .04 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in accordance with the notice provision of the Contract. I November 2019 Page 21 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance 1 .01 Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days written notice has been given to the Contractor. 1 .02 The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial Performance shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the use or occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any liability that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the Owner's use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not waive the Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the Contract. GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work .01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action shall not jeopardize any claim it may have. GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping .01 Immediately upon commencing Work that may result in a claim, the Contractor shall keep Daily Work Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and the Contract Administrator shall keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's claim, all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records. ' .02 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall attempt to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted. If the Contractor and the Contract Administrator fail to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records, then the Contractor shall submit its Daily Work Records as part of its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim. .03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily 1 Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim. GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure .01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation that may lead to a claim for additional payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation. .02 The Contractor shall provide written notice within 7 Days of the commencement of any part of the 1 Work that may be affected by the situation. .03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no later than 30 Days or such time as mutually agreed after completion of the Work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall: a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises; b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made; and I November 2019 Page 22 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim. .04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information within 30 Days of receipt of such request. .05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion regarding the validity of the claim. GC 3.13.04 Negotiations .01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and documents to facilitate these negotiations. .02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05, with respect to any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.14, Arbitration. .03 Prior to the expiry of 30 Business Days from the date of receipt of the Contractors claim, the Contract Administrator shall provide a written response to the Contractor stating the Contract Administrator's final price for the Change Order and an explanation of the rationale and basis of the Contract Administrator's position which shall be deemed to be the initial site response. GC 3.13.05 Mediation 1 .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04, Negotiations, within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05, and the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement, utilize the services of an independent third-party mediator. .02 The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor. I .03 The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall meet with the parties together or separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration the mediator shall provide, without prejudice, a non-binding recommendation for settlement. .04 The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. .05 Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the mediation process. The cost of the third-party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor. GC 3.13.06 Payment .01 Payment of the claim shall be made no later than 28 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or dispute. Such payment shall be made according to the terms of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. I r November 2019 Page 23 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties 1 .01 It is agreed that no action taken under subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled. .02 It is further agreed that the parties may at any time resort to the adjudication procedure contained in the Construction Act. GC 3.14 Arbitration GC 3.14.01 Conditions of Arbitration .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04, Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, either party may invoke the provisions of subsection GC 3.14, Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other party. t .02 Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. Where the use of a third-party mediator was implemented, notification shall be within 120 Days of the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. .03 The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator. 1 .04 The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express provisions of subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration. GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure .01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such 1 right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have otherwise disqualified him or herself: a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration shall be stayed pending arbitration; b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement. Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule shall be arbitrated; and c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are set out in the schedule. GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator .01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute. 1 .02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification of arbitration noted in clause GC 3.14.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose an appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration. ' .03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days after the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the ADR Institute of Ontario (ADRIO), which may select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being requested to do so. .04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and shall not be employed by either party. I November 2019 Page 24 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I .05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her. .06 The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence that govern the trial of cases in court but may hear and consider any evidence that the arbitrator considers relevant. .07 The hearing shall commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator. , GC 3.14.04 Costs .01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor. 111 .02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration. GC 3.14.05 The Decision .01 The reasoned decision shall be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be made in accordance with clause GC 3.13.06, Payment. GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds ' .01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items that may indicate an archaeological find, such as but not limited to building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work. .02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work shall be considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with clause GC 3.07.01. 1 .03 Any Work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find shall be considered as Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.10.02, Extra Work. .04 The Contractor shall take all reasonable action to minimize additional costs that may accrue as a result of any work stoppage. November 2019 Page 25 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS 111 GC 4.01 Working Area .01 The Owner shall acquire all property rights that are deemed necessary by the Owner for the construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and shall indicate the full extent of the Working Area on the Contract Drawings. GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 1 .01 The Owner shall pay for all plumbing and building permits. .02 The Owner shall obtain and pay for all permits, licences, and certificates solely required for the design of the Work. GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials .01 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents the Materials to be moved within or removed from the Working Area and any characteristics of those Materials that necessitates special Materials management and disposition. .02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, the Owner advises that, a) the designated substances silica, lead, and arsenic are generally present throughout the Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions; b) the designated substance asbestos may be present in cement products, asphalt, and conduits for Utilities; c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone, gypsum, marble, mica, and Portland cement; and d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as ' sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting, and abrasive blasting. .03 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area. ' .04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or hazardous Materials that are in addition to those listed in clause GC 4.03.02, or not clearly identified in the Contract Documents according to clause GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice shall be provided to 1 the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor shall stop Work in the area immediately and shall determine the necessary steps required to complete the Work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulations. .05 The Owner shall be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and disposing of any Material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph shall be deemed to be Extra Work. I I November 2019 Page 26 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I .06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner shall provide to the Contractor a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS), that the Owner may supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Safety Data Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and provide relevant Safety Data Sheets. I .07 Unless expressly permitted in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not bring onto the Work Area any designated substance or hazardous Material per OHSA without the prior written authorization of the Contract Administrator. .08 The Contractor shall use all reasonable care to avoid spilling or disturbing any designated substances or hazardous Material per OHSA. GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property .01 The Owner shall pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and provided by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen method of completing the Work. .02 Every precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to protect all railway property at track crossings; or otherwise, on which construction operations are to take place in accordance with the terms of this Contract. .03 The Contractor shall be required to conduct the construction operations in such a manner as to avoid a possibility of damaging any railway property in the vicinity of the Works. Every reasonable precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure the safety of the workers, Subcontractors, and Equipment, as well as railway property throughout the duration of the Contract. I GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor .01 If the Contractor fails to commence the Work within 14 Days of a formal order to commence Work signed by the Contract Administrator or, upon commencement of the Work, should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract and, if the Contract Administrator has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice. I .02 If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Contractor's insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default .01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 Working Days following the receipt of a notice of default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate corrective measures have been taken. I .02 If the Owner determines that the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 Working Days following receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor, a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 Working Days following receipt of the notice; November 2019 Page 27 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I b) provides the Owner with a schedule acceptable to the Owner for the progress of such correction; I and c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule. IGC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct Default .01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the Contractor. GC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work .01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor. .02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the Owner shall be entitled to, a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of the Work terminated; b) utilize any Material within the Working Area; d) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed; d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and any additional compensation paid to the Contract Administrator for such additional service arising from the correction of the default; e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under subsection ' GC 7.16, Warranty; f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner sustained as a result of the default; and ' g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection GC 7.16,Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections. GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor .01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.08, Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work, the Owner shall pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final accounting for the Contract is complete. I November 2019 Page 28 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I GC 4.10 Termination of the Contract .01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner shall, without prejudice to any other ' right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination to the Contractor, the Surety, and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or creditors. 1 .02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract, the Owner shall provide the Contractor and the trustee or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination. GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations .01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the Work performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination. GC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond I .01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond, the provisions of section GC 4.0, Owner's Responsibilities and Rights, shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions of the Performance Bond. GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment .01 If any situation should occur in the performance of the Work that would result in a Change in the Work, the Owner shall be entitled to an adjustment and those adjustments shall be managed in accordance with clause GC 3.10.01, Changes in the Work. I I I I I November 2019 Page 29 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I SECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL GC 5.01 Supply of Material .01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply and delivery of such Material. GC 5.02 Quality of Material ' .01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract. .03 As specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the ' Contractor shall make available, for inspection or testing, a sample of any Material to be supplied by the Contractor. .04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter onto the premises of the Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling, and testing as specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator. .05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in advance ' of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required inspection, sampling, and testing. .06 The Owner shall not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling, and testing before the scheduled shipping date. 1 .07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written authorization of the Contract Administrator. .08 Material that is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required, and the use of such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. .09 All Material inspection, sampling, and testing shall be carried out on random basis in accordance with the standard inspection or testing methods required for the Material. Any approval given by the Contract Administrator for the Materials to be used in the Work based upon the random method shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of incorporating Material that conforms to the Contract Documents into the Work or properly performing the Contract and of any liability arising from the failure to properly perform as specified in the Contract Documents. I GC 5.03 Rejected Material .01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice, the Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and disposed of, in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner, and the Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges. I November 2019 Page 30 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 GC 5.04 Substitutions .01 Where the Contract Documents require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or other name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, that shall be regarded as the standard of quality required by the Contract Documents. After the acceptance of the Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material designated as aforesaid, and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require. .02 Rulings on a proposed substitution shall not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender. Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The approval or rejection of a proposed substitution shall be at the discretion of the Contract Administrator. .03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be entitled to the first $1,000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50% of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1,000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of "Certification of Equality" and, if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such substitution, a Change Order shall be issued as well. GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material 1 .01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost plus applicable overheads. GC 5.05.02 Care of Material .01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt of such Material shall promptly place it in storage, except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while under the control of the Contractor, it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by the Contract Administrator for reasons that are not the fault of the Contractor, it shall remain in the care and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract Administrator. .03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where damage or deficiencies are not so reported, it shall be assumed that the shipment arrived in good condition and order, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. November 2019 Page 31 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract. .05 Empty reels, crates, containers, and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .06 Immediately upon receipt of each shipment, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to ' substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received. .07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations, ' check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the Contractor, it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good condition and order when the Contractor took charge of it, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good 1 by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. I r I November 2019 Page 32 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I SECTION GC 6.0 -INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property ' .01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents, and all workers employed by or under the control of the Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons, and property from damage or injury. The Contractor shall be responsible for all losses and damage that may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract, unless indicated to the contrary below. .02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary protective Work and the restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the performance of the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the Work or property, the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such Work and payment shall be administered according to these General Conditions. .03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries that occur during the term of the Contract. The Contractor shall then investigate and report back to the Contract Administrator within 15 Days of occurrence of incident, or as soon as possible. The Contract Administrator may conduct its own investigation and the Contractor shall provide all assistance to the Contract Administrator as may be necessary for that purpose. .04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of, a) war; b) blockades and civil commotions; c) errors in the Contract Documents; or ' d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's permission. .05 The Contractor and the Contractor's Surety shall not be released from any term or provision of any responsibility, obligation, or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights of the Owner, except by a release duly executed by the Owner. GC 6.02 Indemnification .01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their ' elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called "claims", directly or indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the Work, provided such claims are, a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of tangible property; b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable; and I c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or, where so specified in the Contract Documents, from the date of certification of Final Acceptance. November 2019 Page 33 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages, 1 royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the Contract. .03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in clauses GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02. .04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, their elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract that are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area. .05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in clause GC 6.02.04. ' GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance GC 6.03.01 General I .01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and GC 6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05, and GC 6.03.06 shall only ' apply when so specified in the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with an original Certificate of Insurance for each type of insurance coverage that is required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall ensure that the Contract Administrator is, at all times in receipt of a valid Certificate of Insurance for each type of insurance coverage, in such amounts as specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be permitted to commence Work until the Contract Administrator is in receipt of such proof of insurance. The Contract Administrator may withhold payments of monies due to the Contractor until the Contractor has provided the Contract Administrator with original valid Certificates of Insurance as required by the provisions of the Contract Documents. GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance .01 Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. The insurance shall be provided in a form acceptable to the Owner. .02 Approval of this insurance shall be conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an ' insurer licensed to underwrite insurance in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required insurance. .03 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed operations ' coverage and, if the Contractor fails to do so, the limitation period for claiming indemnity described in clause GC 6.02.01 c), shall not be binding on the Owner. .04 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of explosives for blasting, pile driving or caisson work, removal or weakening of support of property building or land, the Commercial General Liability Insurance shall include the appropriate endorsements. .05 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, termination, or material change. November 2019 Page 34 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .06 "Claims Made" insurance policies shall not be permitted. ' GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance .01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of any cancellation, termination, or material change. a) standard non-owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor. GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance , .01 Aircraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, and limits of not less than five million dollars for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. GC 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance ' .01 Watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned watercraft used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance I .01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Contract Documents, of Material that is specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work. GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance .01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. ' GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion .01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance, the Owner shall give 30 Days written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of November 2019 Page 35 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the ' Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy shall provide, maintain, and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work, including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage. .02 The policies shall provide that in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the ' Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor. GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage .01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds, and in accordance with the requirements of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in ' the restoration of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies, except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract. .03 In the event of a loss or damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the ' Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. ' GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance .01 All risks Contractor's Equipment insurance covering construction equipment used by the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure ' vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the ' Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to the Contractor's Equipment. GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration ' .01 Each insurance policy as noted in the Contract Documents shall be in effect from the date of commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. .02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior to commencement of the Work and signed by the underwriter or the broker. November 2019 Page 36 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include the signature of an officer of the insurer. .04 Where a policy is renewed, the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal. .05 Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible amounts under the policies. .06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03, Contractor's Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand. .07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 28 Days of the date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs, the Owner may deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor. GC 6.04 Bonding I .01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the Contract Documents. .02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner. The bonds shall be maintained in good standing until the Final Acceptance. ' GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board .01 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with a copy of a Certificate of Clearance indicating the Contractor's good standing with the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, as follows: a) Immediately prior to the Contract Administrator authorizing the Contractor to commence Work. ' b) Prior to issue of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. c) Prior to expiration of the Warranty Period. , d) At any other time when requested by the Contract Administrator. I November 2019 Page 37 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 i 1 SECTION GC 7.0 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK GC 7.01 General GC 7.01.01 Site Visit ' .01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions that may affect the performance of the Work are known. 1 GC 7.01.02 Commencement of Work 1 .01 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the Contractor has received a written order to commence the work from the Contract Administrator. GC 7.01.03 Control and Responsibility ' .01 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating the 1 various parts of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall provide adequate labour, Equipment, and Material to ensure the completion of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Work shall be performed as 1 vigorously and as continuously as weather conditions or other interferences may permit. .03 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, 1 and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of construction methods required in their use. .04 Notwithstanding clause GC 7.01.03, where the Contract Documents include designs for temporary 1 structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of ' construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the execution of the Work. .05 The Contractor shall comply with and conform to all statutes, laws, by-laws, regulations, 1 requirements, ordinances, notices, rulings, orders, directives and policies of the municipal, provincial and federal governments and any other lawful authority and all court orders, judgments and declarations of a court of competent jurisdiction (collectively referred to as the "Laws"), applicable to the Work to be provided by, and the undertakings and obligations of, the Contractor under this ' Contract. GC 7.01.04 Compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act .01 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, (the "Act") and Ontario Regulation 213/91, as amended, (that regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations as amended under the Act (the "Regulations") that may affect the performance of the Work, as the "Constructor"or"employer," as defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that: a) worker safety is given priority in planning, pricing, and performing the Work; 1 November 2019 Page 38 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a "Constructor" and "employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them; c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work; d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills, and protective devices required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to work in safety; e) its supervisory employees are"Competent Persons" as defined in the OHSA, and carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due consideration for the health and safety of the workers; f) all Subcontractors and their workers are properly protected from injury while they are at the Working Area; and g) following execution of the Contract and prior to the issuance of the order to commence by the Owner, upon request the Contractor submits to the Contract Administrator a copy of the Notice111 of Project issued to the Ministry of Labour. .02 The Contractor, when requested, shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy and program at the pre-start meeting and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and the inspectors appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any additional expense that the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. .03 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System of "WHMIS", which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Safety Data Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products controlled under "WHMIS" shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator in writing of changes in the products to be used and provide relevant Safety Data Sheets. .04 During the course of the Work, the Contractor shall furnish forthwith to the Contract Administrator a , copy of all correspondence, reports, orders or charges respecting occupational health and safety, including under the Act, Technical Standards and Safety Act, 2000, S.O. 2000, c.16 as amended, and the Criminal Code, R.S.C., 1985, c. C-46 as amended, which are received by, or which come to the notice of, the Contractor that apply or are relevant to any of the Work or activities conducted under the terms of the Contract. .05 Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as requiring the Owner to monitor or approve the ' workplace health and safety practices of the Contractor. GC 7.01.05 Contractor's Representatives , .01 The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any Work is being performed, to supervise the Work and act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names, addresses, positions, and cell phone, and telephone numbers of the Contractor's representatives who can be contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to the Contract, and update as necessary. November 2019 Page 39 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I .02 The Contractor shall designate a person to be responsible for traffic control and work zone safety. The designated person shall be a competent worker who is qualified because of knowledge, training, and experience to perform the duties; is familiar with Book 7 of the Ontario Traffic Manual; and has knowledge of all potential or actual danger to workers and motorists. Prior to the commencement of I construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the name; address; position; cell phone, and telephone numbers of the designated person, and update as necessary. The designated person may have other responsibilities, including other construction sites, and need not be present in the Working Area at all times. IGC 7.01.06 Assistance to the Contract Administrator I .01 The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities, and assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment. IGC 7.01.07 Schedule .01 The Contractor shall prepare and update, as required, a construction schedule of operations, indicating the proposed methods of construction and sequence of Work and the time the Contractor I proposes to complete the various items of Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator within 14 Days from the Contract award. If the Contractor's schedule is materially affected by changes in the work, the Contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule, if requested by the Contract Administrator, within 7 I Days of the request. This updated schedule shall show how the Contractor proposes to perform the balance of the Work, to complete the Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents. I .02 For Contracts with a specified number of Working Days, the construction time shown on the initial schedule shall not exceed the specified number of Working Days. The activities on the critical path shall assist the Contract Administrator in determining the Controlling Operation for the purpose of the charging of Working Days. The construction schedule shall include all non-working periods and Iappropriate allowances for Inclement Weather. .03 For Contracts which specify a Contract Time, the construction time shown on the initial construction schedule shall not extend beyond the specified Contract Time. The construction schedule shall I include all non-working periods and appropriate allowances for Inclement Weather. GC 7.01.08 Errors and Inconsistencies Relating to the Contract I .01 Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency, or omission relating to the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator. I .02 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contract Administrator in writing if the subsurface conditions observed in the Working Area differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents. IGC 7.01.09 Utilities .01 The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate Utility authorities for the stake out of all I underground Utilities and service connections that may be affected by the Work. The Contractor shall observe the location of the stake outs prior to commencing the Work and if there is a discrepancy between the location of the stake outs and the locations shown on the Contract Documents, that may affect the Work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract I Administrator and the affected Utility companies, in order to resolve the discrepancy. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground Utilities and service connections by I November 2019 Page 40 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 the Contractor's forces during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given in clause GC 2.01.01 a). .02 In the case of damage to or interference with any Utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits, farm tiles, or other public or privately-owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner, Contract Administrator, and the owner of the works of the location and details of such damage or interference. GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout .01 Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall locate on site those Monuments that delineate the Working Area and may be used to lay out the Work, all as shown on the Contract Drawings. Property Monuments shall be inventoried in the report format required by the Owner. .02 These Monuments shall be protected by highly visible T-bars or 1.0 metre tall stakes with survey ribbon set within 0.3 metres of the Monument. .03 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all Property Monuments while the Work is in progress, except those Property Monuments that must be removed to facilitate the Work as identified and agreed by the Contractor and Contract Administrator. Monuments removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced at the Owner's expense, and all others shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. .04 All Monuments disturbed, damaged, or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be documented , in the inventory report and replaced under the supervision of an Ontario Land Surveyor. .05 The Monument inventory report referred to in clauses GC 7.02.01 and GC 7.02.04 shall include as a minimum: a) Contract number, Contract name, Contract Administrator's name; b) Project/site construction limits; c) Rough location, type, identification number, and condition of each Monument before and after construction; d) The solutions for protection of the Monuments that may be impacted by construction; e) Reference ties; f) A summary of those Monuments affected by the Work and how they were reset or replaced, and by what type of Monument. .06 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such , materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be necessary for the inspection of the Work. .07 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator. .08 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of all alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator. , .09 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations, and dimensions of each and all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by the Contract Administrator. November 2019 Page 41 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .10 All stakes, marks, and reference points shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, for any reason, before the end of the Contract Time such stakes, marks, ' and reference points shall be replaced, unless otherwise mutually agreed between the Contractor and the Contract Administrator, at the Contractor's expense. ' .11 Benchmarks and survey monuments identified in the Contract Documents shall be protected by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, such benchmarks and survey monuments shall be replaced by the Owner at the Contractor's expense. GC 7.03 Working Area .01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of debris and prevent dust nuisance, mud, and ponding water, other than that caused by the Owner or ' others. .02 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures, and storage areas for Material and Equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner, maintained in a neat and orderly condition at all times and removed upon completion of the Work. .03 The Contractor shall confine the construction operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor ' require additional space,the Contractor shall obtain such space at no additional cost to the Owner. .04 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner. .05 Upon completion of the Contract, the Working Area used by the Contractor shall be restored to its original condition or better unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents including the ' removal of all excavated and stockpiled materials at the Contractor's expense. GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment ' .01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's vehicles or other Equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed Equipment, the Contractor shall, on the direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or ' substitutions for such vehicles or Equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner, remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. ' GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles .01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part; upon a Highway; and where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or permit ' such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise, except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is permitted. The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads. GC 7.06 Maintaining Roads and Detours ' .01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, if an existing Roadway is affected by construction, it shall be kept open to both vehicular and pedestrian traffic. .02 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, be responsible for providing and maintaining for the duration of the Work an alternative route for both pedestrian and vehicular traffic through the Working Area in accordance with the OTM, November 2019 Page 42 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 whether along the existing Highway under construction or on a detour road beside or adjacent to the Highway under construction. .03 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor may block traffic for short periods of time to facilitate construction of the Work in accordance with the OTM. Any temporary lane closures shall be kept to a minimum. .04 The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road through the Working Area until such time as the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor shall not be required to apply de-icing chemicals or abrasives or carry out snowplowing. .05 Where only localized and separated sections of the Highway are affected by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until such times as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the Contractor's general operations under the Contract. .06 Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific locations, payment for the construction of the detours and, if required, for the subsequent removal of the detours, shall be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such Work. .07 Compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Materials to do this Work shall be at the Contract prices appropriate to the Work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and detours shall be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no additional payment shall be made. .08 Where Work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period, including seasonal shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the Roadway and detours in a passable, safe, and satisfactory condition for public travel. .09 Where the Contractor constructs a detour that is not specifically provided for in the Contract Documents or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if required, the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall be constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract Administrator. .10 Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, supply, erect, and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the OTM. .11 Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of its obligations under subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons, and Property, dealing with the Contractor's responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the Working Area that are being maintained by others. GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services .01 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner, ' a) safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; b) continuity of Utility services; and November 2019 Page 43 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I c) access for emergency response services; ' to properties adjoining the Working Area. .02 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants, water and gas valves, and all other Utilities located in the Working Area. .03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance ' with subsection GC 7.11, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to create a minimum of interference to those affected. ' GC 7.08 Approvals and Permits .01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits, licences, and certificates, which at the date of tender closing, are required for ' the performance of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits specified in clause GC 7.08.01, Approvals and Permit. GC 7.09 Suspension of Work .01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any ' or all of the Work and Work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in writing. Delays, in these circumstances, shall be administered according to subsection GC 3.07, Delays. ' GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract .01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors ' because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract. ' .02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner written notice, terminate the Contract. .03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the ' Owner is in default of contractual obligations if, a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment; b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 28 Days of the due dates identified in clause GC 8.02.04, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or within 28 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court; or c) the Owner fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract. ' .04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7 Days immediately following receipt of the written notice, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. November 2019 Page 44 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in subsection GC 7.10, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all Work performed according to the Contract Documents and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the Contract. GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor I .01 Before any Work is carried out that may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of government or any person; company; partnership; or corporation, including a municipal corporation or any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of specified operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give at least 48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such Work to the person, company, partnership, corporation, board, or commission so affected. GC 7.12 Environmental Incident Management under Legislation Protecting the Environment and Natural Resources 1 .01 The Contractor shall be in strict compliance with the requirements of the following legislation, as amended, regarding environmental incidents under the control of the Contractor or that are a result of the Contractor's operations: a) Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. E.19 b) Fisheries Act, R.S.C. 1985, c. F-14 ' c) Technical Standards and Safety Act, 2000, S.O. 2000, c. 16 d) Pesticides Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. P.11 1 e) Ontario Water Resources Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. 0.40 f) Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act, 1992, S.C.1992, c. 34 .02 The requirements of the legislation listed in clause GC 7.12.01 include but are not restricted to: a) Immediate containment of the material, pollutant, contaminant, deleterious substance, or dangerous good; b) Immediate notification of the environmental incident to the proper authority; and ' c) Clean up and restoration of the environment to preconditions. .03 The Contractor shall possess a plan demonstrating that environmental incidents shall be managed to satisfy the requirements of clauses GC 7.12.01 and GC 7.12.02. .04 The Contractor shall provide a copy of the environmental incident plan to the Contract Administrator when required and shall inform the Contract Administrator immediately of: a) An environmental incident when it occurs; and I b) Any actions taken or intended to be taken by the Contractor regarding the environmental incident. November 2019 Page 45 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 I .05 The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any additional expense that the ' Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the legislation listed in clause GC 7.12.01. GC 7.13 Obstructions ' .01 Except as otherwise noted in these General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working ' Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner for any loss, damage, or expense occasioned thereby. .02 Where the obstruction is an underground Utility or other man-made object, the Contractor shall not be required to assume the risks and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the location of the obstruction is shown on the Plans or described in the Contract Documents and the location so shown is within the tolerance specified in clause GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the presence ' and location of the obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could have been determined by the visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with these General Conditions. ' .03 During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractors responsibility to consult with Utility companies or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to the exact location of these Utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations, and to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the Utilities from damage. GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations .01 Except for such Work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a safe and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry out operations under the Contract on Saturdays, Sundays, and any holidays recognized by the Owner without permission in writing from the Contract Administrator. 1 .02 The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate the Work with other Contractors, Utility companies, and the Owner and they shall be allowed access to their Work or plant at all reasonable times. GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance .01 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, tools, and Equipment not required for the performance of the remaining Work. The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by the Owner or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. .02 The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion until the Contractor has removed surplus materials, tools, and Equipment. The Contractor shall also have removed debris, other than I that caused by the Owner, or others. .16 Warranty .01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or components of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent that the design and standards permit such performance. .02 Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work that appear, 1 November 2019 Page 46 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, b) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of Completion of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate, or c) such longer periods as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or , some of the Work. The Contract Administrator shall promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or deficiencies. .03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of clause GC 7.16.02. GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers .01 The Contractor shall only employ orderly, competent, and skillful workers to do the Work and ' whenever the Contract Administrator shall inform the Contractor in writing that any worker or workers involved in the Work are, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, incompetent, or disorderly such worker or workers shall be removed from the Work and shall not be employed on the Work again without the consent in writing of the Contract Administrator. GC 7.18 Drainage .01 During construction and until the Work is completed, the Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to keep all portions of the Work properly and efficiently drained, to at least the same degree as that of the existing drainage conditions. , r I I I I 1 November 2019 Page 47 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC 8.01 Measurement GC 8.01.01 Quantities .01 The Contract Administrator shall make an Estimate in writing once a month, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, of the quantity of Work performed and provide such Estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut-Off Date. 1 .02 Quantities for progress payments shall be construed and held to approximate. The final quantities for the issuance of the Completion Payment shall be based on the measurement of Work completed. ' .03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed may be either by Actual Measurement or by Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to Plan Quantity measurements shall normally be made using Plan Quantity principles but may, where appropriate, be made using Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be paid according to Actual Measurement or lump sum. GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities .01 Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done or Material to be supplied or both by the Contractor under a unit price tender item may exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the ' Contractor shall proceed to do the Work or supply the Material or both required to complete the tender item and payment shall be made for the actual amount of Work done or Material supplied or both at the unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below: ' a) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by the Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15%, either party to the Contract may make a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the Work performed or Material supplied or both which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The negotiation shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price shall be based on the actual cost of doing the Work or supplying the Material or both under the tender item plus a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15%of the tender quantity shall be paid. ' b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by the Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written request to negotiate for the portion of the actual overheads and fixed costs applicable to the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity. For purposes of the negotiation, the overheads and fixed costs applicable to the item are deemed to have been prorated uniformly over 100% of the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be confirmed by a statement certified by the Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may be audited by the Owner. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity shall be paid. ' Written requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the Completion Payment. November 2019 Page 48 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 GC 8.02 Payment GC 8.02.01 Non-Resident Contractor , .01 If the Contractor is not a registered entity in Ontario, the Contractor shall obtain all necessary approvals, consents, permits, licences, certificates, registrations, and other authorizations prior to execution of the Contract. .02 The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors the Contractor proposes to use for carrying out any of the Work required by the Contract and who are not a registered entity in Ontario have obtained all necessary approvals, consents, permits, certificates, registrations, and other authorizations prior to execution of the subcontract. GC 8.02.02 Price for Work ' .01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its performance. The term "all labour, Equipment, and Material" shall include Hand Tools, supplies, and other incidentals. .02 Payment, for Work which is identified in the Contract Documents but not specifically detailed as part of any one item shall be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated. GC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Material .01 The Owner shall make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon ' the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: a) The Contractor shall deliver the Material to a site approved by the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate and proper storage facilities. b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following procedure: i. Sources Other Than Commercial (A) Granular A, B, BI, BII, Bill, M, and 0 shall be assessed at the rate of 60% of the Contract price. (B) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and 1 Portland cement concrete shall be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price for each aggregate stockpiled. ii. Commercial Sources Payment for separated coarse and fine aggregates shall be considered at the above rate when such Materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to be carried out before incorporating such Materials into a final product. Advance payments for other Materials located at a commercial source shall not be made. c) Payment for all other Materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, shall be based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to the Contract Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner. d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the Material. Such payment shall not exceed 80%of the Contract price for the item. November 2019 Page 49 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the Material and shall thenceforth be held by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by the Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of ' ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations, except for inclusion in the Work, without the consent, in writing, of the Contract Administrator. f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any loss, ' damage, theft, improper use, or destruction of the Material however caused. .02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in clause GC 8.02.03.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner. Acceptance shall only be determined when the Material meets the requirements of the appropriate specification. GC 8.02.04 Certification and Payment GC 8.02.04.01 Progress Payment .01 The Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for progress payments monthly or at intervals specified in the Contract Documents after starting the Work on this Contract. The Contractor shall submit the Proper Invoice to the Contract Administrator and to the Owner. This Proper Invoice shall be for work completed at the agreed to Cut-Off Date. .02 A Proper Invoice shall include; a) the requirements as set out in section 6.1 of the Construction Act; b) the quantities of Work performed; c) the value of Work performed; d) any advanced payment for Material; e) the amount of Statutory Holdback, liens, Owner's set-off; f) the amount of any applicable taxes; ' g) the amount due to the Contractor; and h) any other information that may be prescribed in the Contract Documents. .03 Payment shall be made within 28 Days of the submission of the Proper Invoice unless a notice of non-payment has been issued in accordance with the Construction Act. .04 The Owner shall retain the Statutory Holdback in the form and amount as required under the ' Construction Act. GC 8.02.04.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion 1 .01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the Contract Administrator certify the completion of such subcontract. I November 2019 Page 50 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 .02 The Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion, if the subcontract has been completed in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered by the subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory to the Contract Administrator. .03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Subcontract Completion the date on which the subcontract was completed and, within 7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified complete, the Contract Administrator shall give a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the Subcontractor concerned. GC 8.02.04.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment .01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner shall release and pay the Contractor the Statutory Holdback retained in respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be made 61 Days after the date the subcontract was certified complete and providing the Contractor submits the following to the Contract Administrator: a) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that shall release the Owner from all I further claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback monies; b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract; c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board I relating to the subcontract; and d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory statement showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor. .02 Clause GC 8.02.04.03.01 d), shall only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the Contract Administrator specifically requests it. 1 .03 Upon receipt of the Statutory Holdback, the Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the payment due under the subcontract. .04 Release of Statutory Holdback by the Owner in respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety, of any of their responsibilities. GC 8.02.04.04 Substantial Performance of Work .01 The Contractor, as part of the application for Substantial Performance, shall submit an itemized list of the outstanding work. .02 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Performance. .03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance the date on which the Contract was substantially performed and, within 7 Days after signing the said certificate, and shall provide a copy to the Contractor. I .04 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith, as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Act, as amended, publish a copy of the certificate in the manner set out in the regulations. 1 November 2019 Page 51 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .05 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as required above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate signed by the Contract Administrator, the Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense. .06 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Act, the 60 Day lien period prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.04.05, Substantial Performance Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above. GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates .01 Prior to the Contract Administrator issuing the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for the Work completed. In addition to the requirements specified under section 8.02.04.01.02, the Proper Invoice shall include: 1 a) the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance; b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work; c) the amount of the Statutory Holdback, allowing for any previous releases of Statutory Holdback to the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre-selected Equipment; and d) the amount due the Contractor. .02 Payment shall be made within 28 Days of the date of submission of the Proper Invoice. 111 .03 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the Statutory Holdback due in respect of Work performed up to the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such Statutory Holdback shall be due 61 Days after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions of the Construction Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents: a) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board; and b) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. .04 Any amount of security retained shall be identified on the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate. GC 8.02.04.06 Certification of Completion .01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the Contract has reached Completion, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Completion Certificate. ' .02 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work was completed and, within 7 Days of signing the said certificate, the Contract Administrator shall provide a copy to the Contractor. I I I November 2019 Page 52 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates .01 Prior to the Contract Administrator issuing the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for the Work completed. In addition to the requirements noted under section 8.02.04.01.02, the Proper Invoice shall include: a) measurement and value of Work at Completion; b) the amount of the further Statutory Holdback based on the value of further Work completed over and above the value of Work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate referred to above; and c) the amount due the Contractor. t .02 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the further Statutory Holdback. Subject to any outstanding liens and permissible set-offs and upon submission of a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, the Owner shall pay the remaining holdback on the Work done, within 28 Days after the expiration of the 60-Day lien period. .03 Any amount of security retained shall be identified on the Completion Payment Certificate. 111 GC 8.02.04.08 Interest .01 Interest due to the Contractor shall be based on simple interest and calculated using the applicable Rate of Interest. Interest shall begin to accrue on an amount that is not paid when it is due to be paid under Part-I of the Construction Act, at the prejudgment interest rate determined under subsection 127 (2) of the Courts of Justice Act or, if the Contract specifies a different interest rate for this purpose, the greater of the prejudgment interest rate and the interest rate specified in the Contract. GC 8.02.04.09 Interest for Late Payment 111 .01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or for release of Statutory Holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest, if payment is not received on the dates set out below: I a) Progress Payment: 28 Days after submission of Proper Invoice; b) Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after the date on which the subcontract was completed; c) Substantial Performance Payment: 28 Days after the date of issuance of the certificate; d) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance; e) Completion Payment: 28 Days after the date certified as the date on which the Contract reached Completion; and f) Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after the date certified as the date that the Work was completed. November 2019 Page 53 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 .02 If the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in clause GC 8.02.04.09.01, interest shall only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements. GC 8.02.04.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims .01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits or procedure or both described by subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the Rate of Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of the settled claim. Such interest shall not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion of that part of the Work. .02 Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid. .03 Where a Contractor fails to comply with the 30 Day time limit and the procedures prescribed in clause GC 3.13.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period. GC 8.02.04.11 Owner's Set-Off 1 .01 Pursuant to the Construction Act, the Owner may retain from monies owing to the Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities, including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the Work, claims for damages by third parties that have not been determined in writing by the Contractor's insurer, undetermined claims by the Owner, and any assessment due the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. .02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action. GC 8.02.04.12 Delay in Payment 1 .01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does not exceed the due dates as defined in clause GC 8.02.04.09.01. GC 8.02.05 Payment on a Time and Material Basis GC 8.02.05.01 Definitions .01 For the purpose of clause GC 8.02.05 the following definitions apply: Cost of Labour means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time, food, lodging, or similar items and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for such labour and supervision but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision, administration, and management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary, or Payroll Burden for which the Contractor is compensated by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment. Cost of Material means the cost of Material purchased or supplied from stock and valued at current ' market prices for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work by the Contractor or by others, when such arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work, as shown by itemized invoices. ' Operated Rented Equipment means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the supplier of the Equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator. November 2019 Page 54 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I Payroll Burden means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation pay, employment insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund, and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs. Rented Equipment means Equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time and Material Basis from a person, firm, or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as the word "associate" is defined by the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.S.5, as amended, and is approved by the Contract Administrator. Road Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of roads, streets, Highways, and parking lots and includes all work incidentals thereto other than Work on structures. Sewer and Watermain Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction I maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other than Work on structures. Standby Time means any period of time that is not considered Working Time and which together with the I Working Time does not exceed 10 hours in any one Working Day and during which time a unit of Equipment cannot practically be used on other Work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition. 111 Structure Work means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation, or demolition of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying of the foundation of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and the installation of Equipment and appurtenances incidental thereto. The 127 Rate means the rate for a unit of Equipment as listed in OPSS.PROV 127, Schedule of Rental Rates for Construction Equipment, Including Model and Specification Reference, that is current at the time the work is carried out or for Equipment that is not so listed, the rate that has been calculated by the Owner, using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates. Work on a Time and Material Basis means Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material basis. The Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, Standard Specifications and provisions of the Contract. Working Time means each period of time during which a unit of Equipment is actively and of necessity engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which the unit is not so engaged but during which the operation is otherwise proceeding and during which time the unit cannot practically be transferred to other Work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully operable condition. GC 8.02.05.02 Daily Work Records .01 Daily Work Records, prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the Contract Administrator reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on each111 Time and Material project, should be reconciled and signed each Day by both the Contractor's representative and the Contract Administrator. If it is not possible to reconcile the Daily Work Records, then the Contractor shall submit the un-reconciled Daily Work Records with its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim. 1 I November 2019 Page 55 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I GC 8.02.05.03 Payment for Work .01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Material to do the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time and Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.05.04 Payment for Labour .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135% of the Cost of Labour up to $3,500, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of $3,500. .02 The Owner shall make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis at the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden. i .03 At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract. GC 8.02.05.05 Payment for Material .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120% of the Cost of the Material up to $3,500, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess of$3,500. GC 8.02.05.06 Payment for Equipment GC 8.02.05.06.01 Working Time .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all Equipment, other than Rented Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment, used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The 127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows: a) Cost$12,000 or less-no adjustment; b) Cost greater than $12,000 but not exceeding $24,000 - payment $12,000 plus 90% of the portion in excess of$12,000; and ' c) Cost greater than$24,000 -$22,800 plus 80% of the portion in excess of$24,000. .02 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on ' a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to a maximum of 110% of the 127 Rate. This constraint shall be waived when the Contract Administrator approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment. .03 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the Equipment on the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.05.06.02 Standby Time .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35% of The 127 Rate or 35% of the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner shall pay reasonable costs for Rented Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periods agreed to by I November 2019 Page 56 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I the Contract Administrator. This shall include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .02 In addition, the Owner shall include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who cannot be otherwise employed during the Standby Time or during the period of idleness caused by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .03 The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the Work requiring the Equipment can be resumed. The Owner shall pay such costs as a result from such return. .04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment shall be made by the Owner only in respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be deemed to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools .01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for or in respect of Hand Tools or Equipment that are tools of the trade. GC 8.02.05.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors .01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material basis and has received approval prior to the commencement of such Work, in accordance with the requirements of subsection GC 3.09, Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Owner shall pay the cost of Work on a Time and Material Basis by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had done the Work on a Time and Material Basis, plus a markup calculated on the following basis: a) 20% of the first$3,500; plus I b) 15% of the amount from $3,500 to$12,000; plus c) 5%of the amount in excess of$12,000. .02 No further markup shall be applied regardless of the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to others. If Work is assigned or sublet to an associate, as defined by the Securities Act, no markup whatsoever shall be applied. GC 8.02.05.09 Submission of Invoices .01 At the start of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of such Work. .02 Separate summaries shall be completed by the Contractor. Each summary shall include the Change Directive or Change Order number and covering dates of the Work and shall itemize separately the labour, Materials, and Equipment. Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment, and other charges incurred by the Contractor on the Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each summary. I November 2019 Page 57 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .03 Each month the Contract Administrator shall include with the monthly progress payment, I the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. I .04 The final summary as per clause 8.02.05.09.02 shall be submitted by the Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.05.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis I .01 Clause GC 8.02.05 does not preclude the option of the Contract Administrator and the Contractor negotiating a Lump Sum Item or unit price payment for Change in the Work, Extra Work, and I Additional Work. GC 8.02.05.11 Payment Inclusions I .01 Except where there is agreement in writing to the contrary, the compensation, as herein provided, shall be accepted by the Contractor as compensation in full for profit and all costs and expenses arising out of the Work, including all cost of general supervision, administration, and management time spent on the Work, and no other payment or allowance shall be made in respect of such Work. IGC 8.02.06 Final Acceptance Certificate I 01 After the acceptance of the Work or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired, the Contract Administrator shall issue the Final Acceptance Certificate. The Final Acceptance Certificate shall not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the case may be, and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract. .02 Any remaining amount of security shall be released upon Final Acceptance of the Contract. IGC 8.02.07 Records .01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient I detail to support the total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and claims arising therefrom. The Contractor shall preserve all such original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all claims have been settled, whichever is I longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors employed by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time. I .02 The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply certified copies of any part of its Records required, whenever requested by the Owner. I GC 8.02.08 Taxes I .01 Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of Tender, the Owner shall increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change involved. I I November 2019 Page 58 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 .02 Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance. .03 Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30 Days after Final Acceptance. .04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes that impact upon commodities, which when left in place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services, where such services form part of the Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such services is carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as detailed above. Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of Equipment, the provision of labour, and the supply of commodities that do not form part of the Work. .05 The Contractor shall add the Harmonized Sales Tax(HST)to all invoices. I GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages .01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the Contract Documents. I I I 1 1 I I I I November 2019 Page 59 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 r A-1 AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. 20050 THIS AGREEMENT MADE IN TRIPLICATE THIS 16th IDAY OF March , 2021. BETWEEN: MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (hereinafter called "the Owner") 1475 Concession 5, R. R. 5 OF THE FIRST PART Kincardine, ON N2A 2X6 - and- OMEGA CONTRACTORS INC. (hereinafter called "the Contractor") 4104 Breck Ave. OF THE SECOND PART London, ON N6L 1B5 WITNESSETH That the Owner and the Contractor, in consideration of the fulfilment of their respective promises and Iobligations herein set forth covenant and agree with each other as follows: ARTICLE 1 a) A description of the work is: Municipality of Kincardine (Tiverton), Maple Street Reconstruction, Contract No. 20050. b) The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically provided, at their own expense,provide all and every kind of labour, machinery, plant, structures, roads, ways, materials, appliances, articles and things necessary for the due execution and completion of all the work set out in 1 this contract and shall forthwith according to the instructions of the Contract Administrator commence the works and diligently execute the respective portions thereof and deliver the works complete in every particular to the Owner within the time specified. ARTICLE 2 ' In case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plans, or Specifications or General Conditions, or Tender, or any other documents or writing,the provisions of such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order; namely, 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I r A-2 a) Agreement b) Addenda c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Information to Bidders f) Standard Specifications g) Standard Drawings 1 h) i) Form of Tender Supplemental General Conditions j) General Conditions k) Working Drawings ARTICLE 3 The Contractor shall not without the consent in writing of the Owner(or the Engineer) and without restricting in any way the provisions of the General Conditions attached hereto make any assignment of any part or the whole of any monies due or to become due under the provisions of this contract. ARTICLE 4 The Owner covenants with the Contractor that the Contractor having in all respects complied with the provisions of this contract, will be paid for and in respect of the works at the tendered lump sum or unit prices after measurement approved by the Contract Administrator, the total which is presently estimated to be the sum of One Million, Six Hundred Nine Thousand, Four Hundred Sixty Three Dollars and Forty Cents ($1,609,463.40) subject to such additions and deductions as may properly be made under the terms hereof, subject to the provision that the Owner may make payments on account monthly or otherwise as may be provided in the attached hereto. ' ARTICLE 5 Where any notice, direction or other communication is required to be or may be given or made by one of the parties hereto to the other or to the Contract Administrator, it shall be deemed sufficiently given or made if mailed or delivered in writing to such party or to the Contract Administrator at the following address: B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners ' 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Where any such notice, direction or other communication is given or made to the Contract Administrator, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to any agent of the Contract Administrator appointed in accordance with the General Conditions of this Contract and where any such notice, direction or other communications is given or made to such Agent, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to the Contract Administrator. 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 I 1 A-3 ARTICLE 6 A copy of each of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Provisions, Addenda, Tender, Information to Bidders, and Supplemental Specifications is hereto annexed and together with the Plans relating thereto and listed in the Specifications are made part of this ' Contract as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein. ARTICLE 7 No implied contract of any kind whatsoever by or on behalf of the Owner shall arise or be implied from anything in this contract contained, nor from any position or situation of the parties at any time, it being clearly understood that the express covenants and agreements herein contained made by the Owner shall be the only covenants and agreements upon which any rights against the Owner may be founded. ARTICLE 8 Time shall be deemed the essence of this Contract. 1 ARTICLE 9 The Contractor declares that in tendering for the works and in entering into this Contract, he has either investigated for himself the character of the work and all local conditions that might affect his tender or his acceptance of the work, or that not having so investigated, he is willing to assume and does hereby assume all risk of conditions arising or developing in the course of the work which might or could make the work or any items thereof, more expensive in character, or more onerous to fulfill than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the Contract signed. The Contractor also declares that he did not and does not rely upon information furnished by any methods whatsoever by the Owner or its officers or employees, being aware that any information from such sources was and is approximate and speculative only, and was not in any manner warranted or guaranteed by the Owner. ARTICLE 10 1 The Contractor declares that in entering into this Contract, he shall uphold the obligations of the Ontario Human Rights Code, the Occupational Health and Safety Act, the Employment Standards Act, the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, the Criminal Code of Canada and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. In addition, he shall uphold any obligations established by the Owner's policies which prohibit harassment/discrimination on a number of grounds including political affiliation and the level of literacy. WHERE LEGALLY MANDATED, the Contractor shall have in place the necessary policies, programs, information, instruction, plans and/or other supports that are consistent with his I obligations and he shall have an internal process available for employees and service recipients to prevent, address and remedy discrimination, racism, harassment, hate and inaccessibility complaints. The Contractor agrees that he shall, upon request by the Owner, provide evidence of the policies, programs, information, instruction, plans and other supports and an appropriate internal complaint resolution process required under this Declaration which is sufficient to allow the Owner to determine compliance. The Contractor acknowledges that failure to demonstrate compliance with this declaration, to the satisfaction of the Owner, may result in the termination of the contract. I I I I I 1 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I I I I 1 1 I I A-4 I ARTICLE 11 This contract shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors, administrators, executors and assigns and each of them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written or caused their corporate seals to be affixed, attested by the signature of Itheir proper officer, as the case may be. ITTHE OWNER: 1' i;/ 511c� -on C.ha�becS GPlo7 jo'l.k Signature Name Title v Date II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. Signature -Wame �e Date 1 I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. I IFOR THE CONTRACTOR: _/�_ CNS IJ;x� ( It Name lI (ZVc /14 2 f ISignature Name Title Date II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. kaYfon.. G.0\r.e5 �ea�u.rtr (`art.,\.. `L -)..3ak ©1 gnatur flame Title Date 1 I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. I 1 Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\A1-4-20Jan02.docx I NM SW a — A - - - i M — all I a all OM S I Page 1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE ' NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS CORPORATE STATEMENT 1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine is committed to ensuring that a high standard of health and safety is provided and maintained for all employees' visitors, guests, contractors, agents and others on our premises. 1 rP a Accordingly, corporate health and safety policy and procedure manual has been adopted and implemented and shall be adhered to. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL: 1 1. Demonstrate establishment and maintenance of health and safety program with objectives and standards consistent with applicable legislation and with the Municipality of ' Kincardine's health and safety policies and requirements. 2. Submit a copy of past accident records and Worker's Compensation Board Number. 3. Include health and safety provisions in their management systems to reach and maintain consistently a high level of health and safety. 4. Ensure that workers in their employ are aware of hazardous substances that may be in use at their place of work and wear appropriate personal protective equipment as may be required. 5. Upon request at any time from award to completion of contract, submit proof of fulfilment of above responsibilities. 6. Must comply with Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) premiums. 7. The Contractor shall sign-off on the corporate occupational health& safety form stating his agreement to comply. Your co-operation and assistance in this matter is appreciated and vital to the Health and Safety of all. I 1 Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\KINCARDINE Health and Safety Form.doc 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 Page 2 ' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE FORM I have read the "Municipality of Kincardine, Notice to All Contractors, Corporate Statement of Occupational Health and Safety" and agree to comply with it. i IC�w•c-C" Ca rn :ka-G .& ( / Z°2-1 Contractor's Name Date I 1 I I I Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\KINCARDINE Health and Safety Form.doc t t 1 I CONTRACT RELEASE (IN THE MATTER of a contract, known as Contract No. (entered into between ( the Owner ( AND ( the Contractor (dated , 20 (for the construction of (in , Ontario. 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I/We (name of Contractor, in full) for and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration paid by the Owner, have remised, released and forever discharged, and by these presents do for myself/ourselves, my/our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, I remise, release and forever discharge the Owner, its successors and assigns, of and from all manner of action and actions, cause and causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, claims and demands whatsoever at law or in equity which I/We ever had or now have, or which ' I/We or my/our heirs, executors, administrators or assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, hereafter can, shall or may have by reason of the above-mentioned Contract, save and except any claim which I/We have arising out of; I) the retention by the Owner of the maintenance holdback of the Contract price; and 2) any sum retained by the Owner against the cost of uncompleted work; and 3) (if none, state "none") IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals. SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED ) ) ) ) )) 1 Witness or Company Seal Date 1 Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Contract Release 18Aug9.docx I I I I 1 I I 1 1 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I ISTATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS,LIABILITIES & PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS DOMINION OF CANADA IN THE MATTER of(a contract,known as IPROVINCE OF ONTARIO entered into between( the Owner AND( the Contractor 1 dated( ,20 for the construction of( I in( , Ontario. TO WIT: I, of in the I Province of , do solemnly declare: 1. That I am of the (President, Secretary,Treasurer,a Partner, etc.) IContractor named in the Contract above-mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the facts hereunder declared. I 2. That the said Contractor has complied with the terms of the Construction Act,R.S.O. 1990,c.C.30 and amendments thereto,and with the requirements of statutes and regulations of the Province of Ontario relating to the payment of fair wages. 3. That with the exception of accounts listed below, and amounts held back and amounts deferred by I written agreement, all liabilities incurred by the said Contractor arising out of work performed have been discharged. 4. That the following is a complete list of disputed accounts: Name&Address of Creditor Service Rendered Total Claims($) Amount in Dispute _ Amount Paid($) (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above) 1 5. That all persons who have placed or furnished any material or things to be used in connection with the above Contract have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect of such work, service,materials or things and there are no liens, garnishees, attachments or claims relating I thereto. 6. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part of the above contract have discharged all liabilities which they incurred in respect thereof I 7. That all claims for damage to property or injury to persons of which the above-named Contractor has received notice have been fully paid or settled,except for the following: I Claimant Description of Amount of Amount Paid($) Claim Claim($) I I (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above) IY:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Statutory Declaration 18Aug9.docx Page 1 of 2 1 8. That the above-named Contractor has not had any notice of any grounds for a claim (other than those covered by paragraph 7 above)connected with this contract by a third party and for which a claim might be made and I believe that no such claim will be made. AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of"The Canada Evidence Act". 1 DECLARED before me at the of) in the County of ) this day of ) A.D. 20 ) ) ) A Commissioner, etc. or Notary Public 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 I 1 1 1 1 Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Statutory Declaration 18Aug9.docx Page 2 of 2 111 I I Varies 1.5m min Note 2 0.m3n - Slope as specified Boulevard Concrete 2to10%I - 2 to 8% Slope 2 to 4% sidewalk R5 125mm R5 �- Subgrade or granular Note 1 base as specified TYPICAL SECTION 5--i r- 5 O e. y li C N v' v' _C L V. v , e. I- o Ex ansion ' Curb with gutter P joint material DUMMY JOINT (OPTIONAL) Sidewalk Boulevard R0.5m P' If ramp I . .. ..... ... Typ \ Note 3 5 -{ 0.25 T I " •11 E Mk c ; --1 1.5m 1--- Typ IfTT .:±.. 7T � � � E , .. . a. L •`-' Expansion joints, Typ e a I Sidewalk bay, Typ111 CONTRACTION JOINT (Note 4) Dummy joints, Typ A .... RSmm Typ 5 (Optional) I e „tN Y Contraction 7-. joints, Typ I ,: o / . 4cocci r o N t e 0 II 1 • JOINT LAYOUT 1 --I -- 12mm expansion joint material I EXPANSION JOINT NOTES: I 1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways and adjacent to curb shall be 150mm. At commercial and industrial driveways, the thickness shall be 200mm. 2 Sidewalk width shall be wider when specified. I 3 This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 310.030, 310.031, 310.033, and 310.039. 4 Contraction Joint may be tooled or sawcut. I A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev 13 t sT I CONCRETE SIDEWALK . '91�_ OPSD 310.010 11 1 min I Note 2 Expansion joint material r150mm Finished road Slope 2 to4% I Note 1 n I surface v a o. A v P 4 eVo a a o R5 Concrete sidewalk R5 ` Subgrade or granular I base as specified Curb and gutter as specified 5--{ 1—s TYPICAL SECTION 1 _ , _ e Y_ ai d v. u Expansion III a r joint material o , 4. o Curb with gutter Note 3 I DUMMY JOINT •:•MESSIMIS 5--1r r0.25T --i1.5mF- 11\ %\ 1 Typ , ,� Contraction o joint, Typ c ; p. ,,_:_1 (i), o. no v Expansion mjoints, Typ 'II ,.... lia I CONTRACTION JOINTI Sidewalk bay, Typ R5mm 5 Typ Dummy joints, Typ ' - ...' in — (Optional) 111 I rn o o . a 0) 3 v / o 1G U 4. .v .d v ' 1E .N Contraction v v , ,. .. ._.d _ F o joint, Typ I --I I-- 12mm expansion JOINT LAYOUT joint material I EXPANSION JOINT I NOTES: I 1 At commercial and industrial driveways, the thickness shall be 200mm. 2 Sidewalk width shall be wider when specified. I 3 This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 310.030, 310.031, 310.033, and 310.039. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev 13 ,STAA lb fOL: CONCRETE SIDEWALK I ADJACENT TO CURB WITH GUTTER OPSD 310.020 I 1 011't I Iiii3Oqs� 1� 111 N WANN E 11:1 111111/11 (7) 404010,*Q../ in a 111 c I Crosswalk �� * P&��� marking, Typ IN A=L .-EE 1 I I Curb with gutter Through street as specified, Typ I DOUBLE RAMP WITHOUT BOULEVARD RAMPS WITH BOULEVARD IExpansion �1, joint, Typ I 4110441P VPThe lates shall extend the entire width of ' ")). >i the sidewalk ramp at a minimum length of �` 610mm, in accordance with OPSD 310.039 I RAMP PLAN Back of sidewalk 1 Note 2 Gutter .� Note 3 Note 3 �. aisiiiiagia,..ow I1.5m I 1.22m min I 1.5m a Taper Dropped curb Taper Dropped curb with RAMP ELEVATION I gutter as specified integral with ramp, Ramp — 2.0m min 1.2m min Note 4 a> 150-200 I Finished road —Slo.e 2% to 2.5% —Slo.e 2% to 5% —Note surface 1 ° e d . ° i de Expansion joint Sidewalk Ramp I material, Typ 200mm min, Note 6 200mm min Tactile walking surface indicator, OPSD 310.039 RAMP SECTION I NOTES: 1 Slope of ramp shall not exceed 8%. 2 Cross slope of ramp shall not exceed 2% in either direction. 3 Cross slope of flared side of ramp shall not exceed 8%. I 4 Dropped curb at ramp shall be modified to eliminate 30 mm step at gutter line. 5 Minimum thickness of ramp is 200mm. Minimum thickness of sidewalk and flared sides adjacent to ramp is 150mm. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev I 1 t�v I CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS AT *W� UNSIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS OPSD 310.033 I Length Varies I Note 2 Plate with tactile walking surface indicators .... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... Note 3 I 1.04 1*0.4C libik:>4.0.<"04.04:(>4.4C>.. i.0404*******04(>0.4(>41b.<>41:(> o .O�o�o` ©.0.0.0.0.0.00 , I i G4****** I 3.94 SP.<>l<94>4,#* .("It 4 0 0es> ®�o�®�d}�.o�odJ*©*©_ &):.,i:01:41:41.40-011-4)>410401ti olvt;<:>04 sti c>ceAcitte4,4!lit+ . *oi.i$P.O : O 0414 4$1*.-. < . A *.0 0 I Detail A Vent, Note 1 Truncated dome Typ Typ I PLAN J I X11 I ELEVATION \Z Ribs as specified by manufacturer I 55mm ±14mm 18mm ±6mm I 1 29mm ±7mm, typel I Dome j ›,,frunc\ated / \ _4mm +1mm 55mm ±14mm f I L.5mm min At O O - iA SECTION A-AI DETAIL A NOTES: TRUNCATED DOMES PLAN I 1 Vents shall be as specified by the manufacturer. 2 Length of plate may be increased to suit the curb depression width. I 3 Material of plate shall be as specified in Contract Documents. A Adjacent cast iron plates shall be permanently connected using a locking mechanism and any hardware shall be hot dipped galvanized. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. i ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 IR e v I 1 , sr , i� CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS TACTILE ;we , WALKING SURFACE INDICATORS sit.-pe COMPONENT OPSD 310.039 1 i — N n MI — MI MS MN MN N NM — — NS MN all i NM Driveway varies varies Contraction joint I 1.0m I +, B _ __ 4-1 D 1 Contraction joint 1 cc E E z � tCt ?C j'A iA Boulevard ,�, B Curb and gutter 1.5m min Sidewalk depressedD to match dropped curb for driveway entrance _ - - 0.5m min Curb and gutter Sidewalk depressed to match dropped curb FULLY DEPRESSED for driveway entrance PARTIALLY DEPRESSED PLAN Sidewalk Dropped sidewalk Transition section 1 Transition _ Dropped sidewalk I I Sidewalk 1 across driveway amiliasection across driveway f o e: SIDEWALK WITHOUT BOULEVARD SIDEWALK WITH BOULEVARD SECTION A-A SECTION C-C 150 -- Curb and gutter 2% min Note 1 r- 4% Tyo Typ I-- Varies 1 4% Typ 2% min A v d A:• o v ► . A • v e ...� .r e A . . : . e. • .v III Varies NOTES: SECTION B-B SECTION D-D 1 At commercial and industrial driveways, the thickness shall ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev 13 sT,44, be 200mm. -"-' A For contraction joint detail, see CONCRETE SIDEWALK kT.4%. OPSD 310.010. _ � B All dimensions are in millimetres DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE DETAILS unless otherwise shown. OPSD 310.050 II See Table AI 1+ ti > Sidewalk Z i I I Z Entrance Boulevard a Curb with gutter [Dropped curb i I600mm min— —300mm A 300mm-- 600mm min min min PLAN I Sidewalk Boulevard `' Pavement surface Entrance Aiiimillino.....-411111111111111111: 111%... ..qmmotmp....00lligll ., .. .00000,1 *111111 I Base I = : ® Subbase Subdrain I ISOMETRIC VIEW 8g 3.0m 3.0m Var . I S/W or S/W and entrance Note SAG —S/W Entrance-- . 69 I NOte 1 4%, Note 1 4%max 8% max Dropped curb CREST 6%,, Note 2 4%' Note 2 1 Note 2- SECTION A-A a�°' DRIVEWAY DIMENSIONS WIDTH I LAND USE m NOTES: Single Double min max min max I 1 Maximum upgrade shall be 10%. Residential 3.0 4.3 6.0 7.3 2 Maximum downgrade shall be 8%. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 !Rev 12 . r,�, URBAN RESIDENTIAL c°�,� I ENTRANCE OPSD 351 .010 S NB NM MB M — — r MI — i NE NM NM MI MI EN an SE 820 ,___A N 25 11-- --40 Size and spacing, Typ +—+ ` 02III 5—1 1— � + + + �� �� —I�I--38 3�{i— N 44 i F I� N CMO N {--86 o" -- 571+- 'n ro M } N - rI� -151 M Bt 1L—IC B 0 ♦ 491-- ♦ o O 102 I--- N 76 76 + C L J C 00 M N M to N NI 0 (0 -- 102 ra II Fill 51�- U E . I ril in N ,E iii } II O } �; T N 19mm dia hinge pin 20--I L Hoisting hook rib, A 20mm, Typ 152--I GRATE PLAN Typ, OPSD 400.001 FRAME PLAN SECTION A-A 612 657 --I I-33mm, Typ _i511--- pc,'-1 ,7 623 1 17 + %_; 1UUU• See Y Slot Detail 01,6- 32-� r- a) "� f �� 491-- --I 1-15mm,Typ 40 9 1■� �I`° M T 5h c4 M1 NOTES: SECTION C-C ..w . ii 12 --I 105 I 610 -I 105 �--I A This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 610.010 and 610.020. ,.25r SECTION B-B B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. T29 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 Rev I 3 , L 1--54 A_ 48 CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH . tamR14.5 Ve� ,2 yam SQUARE OVERFLOW TYPE FLAT GRATE FOR -:. SLOT DETAIL CATCH BASINS, PERFORATED OPENINGS OPSD 400. 1 10 800 R70mm min 150mm max z it ���� ����:,• ISI ® hil ® ISI ISI !if IP ISI ISI Ss !. ® ® ® ® CO ® Iii Iii *Ego* IiI Iii i i u I i S > I M M M M M IiiISI I=I�I�I� ini=ovviI IiLifth ■ ■i M M M M M 1] IA, iiarigpilliililli f liialiiCt ® SSS MMc !T1I 'LI LI LI !I LI LI LA = - a D A N i G E R D =._; D A N i G E R mii D i1)".„../(CIF--: - M CO M M ® M M M M CO I.I •f♦I.I•mI.I••I.I•�liii••i.I•.,.l•�l.I•! I.I p '�I ISI ISI ® ® ® ® mu I#' • I!I Llfil!I�LI�I!I�IwI�GI�I!1�171�1�1 ISI • % coo ISI ISI (CO ® ® CO ® ® I!I I!Ifil�IfiUlfil!lI.Llfil.l�l�l I!I CO la Ia 03 03 CI I.I I.I ,.21,.il•l.l I.I I.I ,�� ISI 1�1 IH ISI ISI• �I:,.. I�1 ® (III ® ISI _ - _ 20mm, Typ —� TYPE A TYPE B Hoisting hook rib, FRAME PLAN • CLOSED COVER OPEN COVER Typ, OPSD 400.001 0676 - 0624 - 0624 9 29 221 0624 0632 + —114-•- 24 r-{ r- 117 + + —1 14-- 241 -yco I 29 29 22 1 2 I--1 r- 1 IT 6 11 19 / / / / II/� �l I T I t / IPi1 VI Pa 0 ISI 0578 � /� ��I♦,d 11♦ .�� �� co T Y�_.,3�� i � . Ii I fl L --1 1--15 27— -- t t I --1 h–15 27 49 I'� 0613 111.1111111.1. 00 0613 N to SECTION C-C SECTION D-D .�.� 61MM4r11.4.. l 50 0575 NOTES: 16.5 0667 A Covers shall be Type A or Type B, as specified. SECTION A-A B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 Rev 4 ,,. av, 4 CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH • R46 A\\N\I CIRCULAR CLOSED OR OPEN COVER kV3P): SECTION B-B FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD 401 .010 no 1111 MB M MN all i MN r M NM EN OM NM — 1111 MI i r I I I I 800 - 400 375 - -- 25 Dropped curb - 400 + 375 1 1-125 `L O at entrances A� --i& �o�� o o .1) TYP ZL_. p� �� p ." Lc) r I iso^ _--_ — i S r o N N (I v. : Note 3 > 1 ' . Note 3 i ! S -- 1-25 — L--25 I 825 825 - For flexible — For rigidpavement pavement 25x75mm keyway I Typ centred in concrete base Note 1 and 3 Typ TANGENT SUPERELEVATED I I I LEGEND: — Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %. Is NOTES: 1 When curb and gutter is adjacent to concrete pavement or base, this drawing shall be used in conjunction with OPSD 552.010 and 552.020. 2 Flexible and composite pavement shall be placed 5mm above the adjacent edge of gutter. I 3 For slipforming procedure a 5% batter is acceptable. A Treatment at entrances shall be according to OPSD 351.010. B Outlet treatment shall be according to the OPSD 610 Series. I C The transition from one curb type to another shall be a minimum length of 3.0m, except in conjunction with guide rail where it shall be according to the OPSD 900 Series. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. 1 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 1 2p,40 s CONCRETE MOUNTABLE CURB ., �-' I WITH WIDE GUTTER " OPSD 600.030 I .o _ _ 1) U O o Dropped curb at a) Lu entrances to — 100mm o Typ `` —Thickness 25 — 300 50 1—150--I Note 2 25 --- 300 50 1_150- of sidewalk Typ Typ e ��S p o o Z'S�V `S -�7 I I _ _ - v n I o v o V. > E'r u> I';. . n o E t ' o E d N t ,° M Z E Lu to..- tn ' v Ln o -L� ... v Note 3— N O N Z .° NZ 7r j ' °. Note 3 , N, I Note 3 .v ° !— . --s • • • - tt For flexible 500 1--- 50 1. 500 -50— pavement For rigid pavement Typ 25x75mm keyway —Additional width when centred in concrete sidewalk is adjacent base - Note 3 and 5 to curb - Typ TANGENT SUPERELEVATED LEGEND: S - Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %. NOTES: 1 Flexible and composite pavement shall be placed 5mm above the adjacent edge of gutter. 2 When sidewalk is continuously adjacent, the dropped curb at entrances shall be reduced to 75mm. 3 For slipforming procedure a 5% batter is acceptable. 4 For composite pavement the depth of concrete curb shall be adjusted to depth of concrete pavement. 5 When tie bars are specified, refer to OPSD 552.010 and 552.020 for details. A Treatment at entrances shall be according to OPSD 351.010. B Outlet treatment shall be according to the OPSD 610 Series. C The transition from one curb type to another shall be a minimum length of 3.0m, except in conjunction with guide ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 IRev 12 do s+ rail where it shall be according to the OPSD 900 Series. • D All dimensions are in millimetres CONCRETE BARRIER CURB ) unless otherwise shown. WITH STANDARD GUTTER % _ OPSD 600.040 r r — ow ow me MI i M i I IN 11■11 NM - i M - r I Curb with 3.8m termination - 150mm 111 I min 1 gutter 1 1111 I o ' � 1 ' I z Ili; i Gutter line i ti 1 PLAN1 (____-- --.--- N END VIEW IELEVATION MOUNTABLE CURB WITH GUTTER Curb with I gutter 3.8m Termination I150mm— min r i I . 1----)----,; I Gutter or > z° 1�I; i I curb line if I • 1 —i Varies I— I PLAN N END VIEW I _......_ —...--7 I ELEVATION BARRIER AND SEMI-MOUNTABLE CURB WITH GUTTER I NOTES: 1 Slope shall match existing shoulder. A This drawing shall be read in conjunction with I OPSD 600 series curb with gutter drawings. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 12 fa srANN I METHOD OF TERMINATION ,c "' 411, FOR CONCRETE CURB WITH GUTTER OPSD 608.010 1 A r+ Saw cut Semi-mountable or Back of curb or joint, Typ mountable curb with gutter EP Hot mix Curb Barrier curb with gutter— Mortar 11 i i I_ _, I r See Details 20mm max Face r- :a,..+; below 5 Typ t— of curb D O o' Gutter i ? :lopommili‘ ������������ K� AOI kik ////. V" A Adjustment units, Q a OPSD 704.010 ° • Granular B ` ALL ?B base SECTION A—A Frame with grate i A Pavement-1 125-- a o Gutter line PLAN p. A 10 A. �> •. ' Saw cut Top of curb Taper: length 150mm max Top of A F illitilliiiiii. or joint, Typ depth 5mm min pavement A A I Typ A'' Air 1 , Aprvii vii I# •----Hot mix ;;� ������',..����:MIME BARRIER CURB SEMI—MOUNTABLE or MOUNTABLE Typ CURB WITH GUTTER illrirj \� `\\ROM DETAILS A %ilii.. a , --25 e •—Gutter line 10 NOTE: SECTION B—B Granular base Typ ° A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. A 0 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 IRev I 2 ,,. ay, 0 CATCH BASIN FRAME WITH GRATE ( ? ei INSTALLATION AT 44 _.� BARRIER CURB WITH GUTTER CURB WITH GUTTER OPSD 610.010 ma w ma am — um EN r ■w MIN r NM BM r MI — — NM NS I I e I dO 300mm Note 1 e uIIF O b. v Granular Tapered top bedding I See alternative C SUMP DETAIL \4\ e ,; t. ALTERNATIVES I . Bottom riser section with 01200 inlet and outlet openings to suit I Riser sections as required Bench or 01200 . J a sump as �. I specified e _ ... L - b: Monolithic base with inlet ° 300mm max and outlet openings to suit 1 Typ L— L_�____ 4�J U See alternatives A and B a $ . Granular Bench or sump •, 'e_ bedding as specified ;�' 300mm, Typ—1 . A PRECAST SLAB BASE IGranular bedding a__ j Riser I 01200 I section 150 i IT 150 NOTES: 300 kiwi! I 275 � 1 The sump is measured from the lowest invert. EU�cn Sr Q A Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum specified 300 thickness of 300mm all around the . - -, - `_ I maintenance hole. Steel reinforcement Granular B Precast concrete components shall be according as specified bedding to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, or 701.032. B CAST—IN—PLACE BASE I C Structure exceeding 5.0m in depth shall include safety platform according to OPSD 404.020. D Pipe support according to OPSD 708.020. Flat cap I E For benching and pipe opening details, Riser lisp see OPSD 701.021. section memq F For adjustment unit and frame installation, 01200 see OPSD 704.010. IG All dimensions are nominal. H All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. C PRECAST FLAT CAP I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 Rev I 5 srAN PRECAST CONCRETE I MAINTENANCE HOLE °,-?4,_,0�\ 1200mm DIAMETER OPSD 701 .010 I I t 1. Right angle bend 2. Tee connection 3. Three way junction :::.::.:::.*::::':.::::::::::.:.:::..... i.......:•::.:.:...::::•:::.::.":::.:::... .:::::::;......:..:....::1....... i.:::•:-...::::::::-....::::::.:-...::::::::::. ,:::::::::.:::...:::.::•:.....:::;5.:::.:::::.... -....::::::::.::::::...::::::::::::::1::::.:.:.:::::.... I I 4. Four way junction 5. Straight through 6. Dead end 1 111 4 • H 1 V m '..::.h...i........]..::::...............1::::::::::....... ::::!....:......:.........,!:::::::..........:::::::.......:::::'....:.:* /.. 1::::.........,..............:::::::::::!: .:::::...,::::::::.::......::::::!....-!::::::.....:•:- 8 a x H V m• n ' v' rip ,141 i • :i. m x D a . D/2 min :a :. a.: �5minm 7. Wye connection 8. 45° bend Section MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS Maintenance 1 No. 1-4 No. 5 and 6 No. 8 No.7 Hole Diameter Inlet Hole Outlet Hole 1200 700 860 780 700 860 1500 860 1220 960 860 1170 1 1800 1220 1485 1220 1220 1485 2400 1485 2020 1760 1485 2020 3000 1930 2450 2300 1930 2450 3600 2470 3085 2730 2470 3085 NOTES: 1 Slopes shall be maintained from the outlet hole opening for top of benching. A Concrete for benching shall be 30MPa. B When benching is hand—finshed, it shall be given wood float finish, channel shall be given steel trowel finish. C Benching slope and height shall be as specified. I D When specified, maintenance holes that are 1200mm in diameter with a uniform channel for 200 or 250mm pipe may be prebenched at the manufacturer with standardized benching slope and channel orientation. E All dimensions are nominal. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 14 fo srAk I MAINTENANCE HOLE BENCHING e,y�- • AND PIPE OPENING ALTERNATIVES OPSD 701 .021 I MI r M r MO NI — NM — w ON — r NM r r — lin N Pavement Curb with Pavement Curb with gutter gutter Grate reference elevation 1 I ,i Frame to be Typ —\ rr-i—t—'n rr1—} n set in a full Standard frame rT--�--n j—I__j� 450mm rlJ—I _i_� /mortar bed with grate _—i__i co nom mum maximum to 0IIIIIIIIIII0 Typ Typ OI♦I.0 0msmi0 first step II IIIIIIMEl 0�EM0 COMIM— MIMEO=CI ©ICE Note 1 umi units: _—minimum of one maximum of three Typ 300mm First adjustment unit Typ to be set full mortar bed, Typ SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH TAPER TOP FLAT CAP CATCH BASIN Reinforce each adjustment unit with a minimum of 1 wire with an end area of at least 15mm2. Lap wire 150mm or butt weld. Note 2, Typ Round or square Maintenance hole step _ frame with grate or cover Note 1 Adjustment units for I ,..... i maintenance holes units with round openings. Note 3 for catch basins Available in sections L q or continuous units. r — — — — - 1 klitittO openinwithsgsuare Use butyl tape Note 3 Available in between units. sections or continuous units. Use butyl tape C=D CZD 11%<>0 between units. 410 Flat cap 111101111 Taper top Riser section Catch basin NOTES: 1 If first step is in an adjustment unit, the adjustment unit shall be of the A Adjustment units shall not extend beyond the outside edge of the structure. type manufactured with a step in place. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. 2 Centre reinforcing in adjustment ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I 3 AWN unit ±10mm. tip 3 Round and square adjustment units PRECAST CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT UNITS .�`1_ are available in sizes of 50, 75, 100, 150, and 300mm. FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES, CATCH BASINS, AND VALVE CHAMBERS OPSD 704.010 PIPE IN SUPPORTED -- -- PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED — — PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION Finished surface \ EXCAVATION / Finished surface EXCAVATION C — Note 4, Typ Subgrade 0.50 11 Permanent 4 or temporary \. - • _ _ 1...:. - o support system—. :t - t r-.� - : - 1 1 - r r '- �• .s -.:-.--,-:- ENSI ., Typ : Q ,1 Z11 , ... .� � T. # Backfill material z \ : f For pipe culvert frost treatment - • j' - 5 ` Clearance m I \ 300mm min Note 3 See table, Typ l Typ \ E \ � � 300mm min o Ex O of , : :` N TYPE 1 OR 2 TYPE y ' w 150mm \ min, Typ— ` .. . SOIL SOIL50 0.50 \ Bedding grade Note 2 0.50 Note 2 PIPE IN SUPPORTED — — PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface LEGEND: 0 — Inside diameter N --- 0.50 Subgrade NOTES: 'i' 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. ,- 14,.?:.:::-5:,;:":.7,-.,-1::" -'_ /�1 2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom 1 ...-• � -rte 3 ....•::... Backfill material of the pipe. For pipe culvert frost 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 `ro NI treatment, Note 3 and 803.031. 4 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. Bedding grade CLEARANCE TABLE 0.50 Pipe Clearance A Granular material placed in the haunch area shall be compacted TYPE 4 Inside Diameter prior to placing and compacting the remainder of the embedment Not OI SOIL mm mm material. 900 or less 300 B Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations Over 900 500 for Construction Projects. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 Rev 3 (1, s��o C M dimensions are in metres - unless otherwise shown. FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL - ''�` EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.010 am no r r MO UM — O — all 1111111 r MO I r Sr I — In — — — s — — I — MI MN — N r 11111 — all MU Finished surface — Clearance w Subgrade See table, Typ • • Earth or granular fill 1-0— °' I I• I For pipe culvert frost I .. : .I . =z .. . 300mm min treatment Typ . . .• . Note 3 1.5i �. } • • 1V TYp . : 0 150mm min . . I Typ Original ground w I i Ori incl round J 0.5 0 Bedding grade / 0.5 0 9 9 Note 2 Finished surface —N, Note 2 PIPE INVERT ABOVE Subgrade- PIPE INVERT AT OR BELOW ORIGINAL GROUND o •- - ORIGINAL GROUND _ = .:-:7,.',-;- :%-.:-.:-<:"'!"-•:' �"�,I� I �• _.Note 4 •N....,:.•':.'".'=' Rock fill =✓ For pipe culvert frost T'--_T.__—' —1 . . : r•Ir.r.--•T- •774 treatment Note 3 0.50 Rock fill surface to be chinked prior LEGEND: Bedding grade Note 2 to placing geotextile and bedding 0 — Inside diameter PIPE EMBEDMENT NOTES: WITH ROCK FILL UNDER AND OVER THE PIPE _ CLEARANCE TABLE Pipe Clearance 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. Inside Diameter 2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. mm mm 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. 900 or less 300 4 Embedment material shall be wrapped in non—woven geotextile when specified. Over 900 500 A Granular material placed in ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 Rev 13 STAN the haunch area shall be compacted prior to placing and Ap. compacting the remainder of FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT � the embedment material. IN EMBANKMENT �'* - 5: B All dimensions are o metres ORIGINAL GROUND: EARTH OR ROCK unless otherwise shown. OPSD 802.014 PIPE IN SUPPORTED — -- PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED -- — PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface F -- Note 5, Typ Sub rade w F /////////////�\ .: -j- - •: - - _' \\\<\\` g // /// e:;-.. x:.=. '.,-- ':_ o . Permanent or /A -' 1 1 :-* : - �'^ temporary _ \ '� :a: rna A...:7;.;,-, - I= . o support system / : Backfill material =z .. For pipe culvert frost treatment 1 Typ 300mm min, Typ \ Notep4 . ///\ \ -; Clearance • \ Cover material See table, Typ 0.500 — � . . \ j • ., \1200mm max, Typ D \ D ,\� ` 0.15 0D :. Compacted `� : bedding material 1, /," `\ Note 2 \ �`Y2/2// ' \ 1 0.6 00_‘ 0.50_ Note 3 Bedding grade Note 3 CLASS B BEDDING CLASS C BEDDING NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.15D In no case LEGEND: shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. 0 — Inside diameter CLEARANCE TABLE 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. OD— Outside diameter Pile Clearance de InsiDiameter 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. mm mm 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. 900 or less 300 A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act Over 900 500 and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 Rev I 3 stAIII14% RIGID PIPE BEDDING, ��� COVER, AND BACKFILL c'•(- ." TYPE 1 OR 2 SOIL — EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.030 me v — N — OM — R — — 111111 Me y S M r — al all NI N MN MI all N r 1111111 NM IIIIII I M MI all In Me I S PIPE IN SUPPORTED -- •-- PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED -- — PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION / Finished surface \ a Note 5 0.500 0.500 — w~ Typ I-._, :. �/, Subgrade \ _ o .... .fes/��� r` \\\N �� 'f: ' Permanent or _ _ i —300mm min, Typ •� -; •" o temporary l - Q 1 1 N YT m z support system 1 Typ `. \' 1 w:. ;Ai.: k Clearance 1 =. Backfill material •• . 1.5. -;� See table For pipe culvert frost T YP 0.5 00 — 0 treatment, Note 4 p 0.15 00 Cover material :,:, 300mm min, Typ Compacted \` \ bedding material �jjj N Note 2 Bedding grade Typ 0.5 00 0.5 00 0.600 0.500 Note 3 Note 3 CLASS B BEDDING CLASS C BEDDING NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. LEGEND: 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150. In no case D — Inside diameter CLEARANCE TABLE shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. 00— Outside diameter Pipe 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. Inside Diameter Clearance 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. mm 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. 900 or less 300 A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act Over 900 500 and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev I 3 1,00444016 unless otherwise shown. RIGID PIPE BEDDING, COVER, AND BACKFILL TYPE 3 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.031 1 PIPE IN SUPPORTED — PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface L. `.= T Note 5, Typ 0 0.5 OD ,/-Subgrade Permanent or111 L w temporary ///////".. -= --_ _.:...• �,o support system - r _ _�-_ � m z Typ /� Cover material 1 1.5 _ I Backfill material 0.500 — / For pipe culvert frost /� y treatment, Note 4 /\` ; Cp Compacted / bedding material I Bedding ' Note 2 J 0.6 OD grade Note 3 0.5 OD CLASS B BEDDING I PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED -- ' -- PIPE IN SUPPORTED Finished surface-, EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Subgrade , 0.5 00 mu 0.5�- _-.,...-:-.-•.:.:::300mm min, Typ--I ; . 1 :4,` .=.--'=.--:'--' _ � Clearance 3I ;,'-,•%--;::.: 1 5 \, See See table, Typ Backfill material - D For pipe culvert frost i�_1�i� Cover material treatment, Note 4 ��- ��- - Compacted 0.15 OD - �� / \ bedding material I L Note 2 I Bedding grade f—0.5 00 Note 3 0.5 0D 1 1 CLASS C BEDDING CLEARANCE TABLE Pipe Clearance LEGEND: Inside Diameter mm mm 0 — Inside diameter 900 or less 300 00 — Outside diameter Over 900 500 NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150. In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 'Rev' 3 kcle, I RIGID PIPE BEDDING, COVER, AND BACKFILL ,4/._OA+. I TYPE 4 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.032 1 I I A IMain sewer Drainage structure Flow I Flow - -- - - - -� - + — 1 I 5 I I /L - - - - - ..-____f---)E - E Perforated pipe subdrain 0 with knitted sock Note 2 A I6.0 -,—Subdrain pipe end capped or tied knitted sock IPLAN IP 4/ I • 4 is 0' 0 I .. r. . ISame invert elevation 4 6) Note 1 1 I ISECTION A—A NOTES: I 1 Where concrete bedding is used for the main sewer, the pipe subdrain shall be placed 150mm above the top of such bedding. 2 Subdrain pipe shall be cored into maintenance hole. I A Maintenance hole benching shall accommodate pipe subdrain, as required. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev' 4 . sr,,,, I PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN ��' IN GRANULAR TRENCH -c� � FS MAIN STORM SEWER CONNECTION ��`- I TO DRAINAGE STRUCTURE OPSD 809.010 -300mm min all around layer of rip-rap Q Ditch Ditch 500mm overlap �! gr4u.41161it all 0i des'• Flow OS I,►11ralli,l IIMSai I WOW M 1.1:0°FAO 1111 II 57=1=2=7=4 ., i '�• ' •.III ,�__ V110m!.p='mss Geotextile - • 1 •2..��4 eswiTet ►o.ab�1• La in direction of flow lee.411,:a...16110/. A IA:werip.s,'.g/1p► p B :a's "a"�'grasp, 600mm min, Typ PLAN 600mm min, Typ L Geotextile CUT OR FILL PLAN CUT OR FILL c Ditch Ditch • 100 I 'ti,f ♦ .0," .- 300mm min 300mm min rip-rap layer hand laid Geotextile, Typ rip-rap layer hand laid Typ, Note 1 Typ, Note 1 SECTION A—A CUT SECTION B—B CUT Toe of slope - _ Ditch Toe of slope Ditch 1 .'ire iii ir..*:Mb Orb—a,— —.7..----• (Cl. - ----..',.-..., J. . .. ...„,...,, , _ , ........ - _ Aiwa,. `--,a-Noriiiiiiiwwallb-40-10:— . --7,-4-41 . - -- I--300mm min SECTION A—A FILL SECTION B—B FILL Typ TYPE A — WITHOUT GEOTEXTILE TYPE B — WITH GEOTEXTILE NOTES: ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 !Rev I3 i srwv 1 The thickness of the rip—rap layer shall be at least 1.5 times the T rip—rap mean diameter. GENERAL RIP-RAP LAYOUTc,, ,, A All dimensions are in millimetres FOR SEWER AND CULVERT OUTLETS unless otherwise shown. OPSD 810.010 M M r OM r INN r WIN MIN mus Nr S — MIN MO Or VIII NM r I 75mm min TYP o Note 2 I A ,:— MO? I ' A I r/ T 75mm min Typ ISIZE OF DROP PIPE Outlet pipe SEWER ID DROP PIPE ID APPLICATION 200 200 Storm and Sanitary PLAN 250 200 Storm and Sanitary 300 250 Storm and Sanitary 1111 375 300 Storm and Sanitary N I I I 450 375 Storm °. ;: I 525 450 Storm ° 600 525 Storm a 675 600 Storm OE V 1OW 4 M E U , --rii io. a E 150 . .°. v: E mm a : Note 1 o min o' v' ° . . °: �� . . Undisturbed � +� : °:. . ground Note 2 I 50mm min SECTION A-A NOTES: I 1 Concrete shall be placed to undisturbed ground and the outside face of the maintenance hole, but there shall be a minimum of 150mm of 15MPa concrete around the drop pipe. I 2 Concrete shall be secured to the maintenance hole with 450mm long, 13mm diameter threaded rods and drilled expansion anchors down either side of the drop pipe at 300mm centres. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev I 3 fAsizoie) CAST-IN-PLACE ., 11;:k I MAINTENANCE HOLE DROP STRUCTURE TEE "`_o OPSD 1003.010 I Backfill --\ c I I as specifie , I v -o Fittings or radius bends Slope 1% min — LI ' t 150mm 21 ‘a °' 1 as required 2% desirable min a_ IM m I . p 4 i -100mm Note 1 min I Bedding and cover as specified 45• 100 to 150mm dia = I 150mm min Cr max as specified lei Watertight cap or plug as specified, Note 3 1 CONNECTION WITHOUT VERTICAL RISER Slope 1% min r 150mm min IBackfill �2% desirable as specified {I 22.5. /011111111.11 !' i l:i ImaX Fittings or radius bends �* 100mm min I as required 1* 100 to 150mm dia— Bedding and cover as specified as specified All Note 2 150mm min —I I, Settlement joint 150mm min 7 �el c� Note 1 I r Watertight cap or plug — as specified, Note 3 } I CONNECTION WITH VERTICAL RISER NOTES: 1 Sewer service connections to the main pipe sewer shall be made I using factory made tees, strap—on—saddles, or other approved saddles. 2 Vertical risers shall be as specified. 3 Cap or plug at property line shall be adequately braced. I A Maintenance holes shall be used at the main sewer to connect service connections greater than or equal to 200mm. B For new construction, saddles shall be installed on the main pipe I before that pipe is laid. C Approved cut—in tool shall be used for field made connections. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev 13 geS176.16 I SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS j°b°�� FOR MAIN PIPE SEWER -' I OPSD 1006.010 I I I I Backfill -`- o v as specified t 43 4_' Slope 2% min - 150mm min o `o a IFittings or radius bends 8% max 0as required ,--- C • t I. _i_ /II I I - 100mm min I Note 1 fr Bedding and cover Ias specified 4. 45• III Cr_ max 100 to 150mm dia - as specified Watertight cap or plug as specified, Note 2 1 150mm min I I I NOTES: 1 Sewer service connections to the main pipe sewer shall be made using factory made tees or wyes, strap-on-saddles, or other approved saddles. 2 Cap or plug at property line shall be adequately braced. I A Maintenance holes shall be used at the main sewer to connect service connections greater than or equal to 200mm. B For new construction, saddles shall be installed on the main pipe I before that pipe is laid. C Approved cut-in tool shall be used for field made connections. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING _ Nov 2011 I Rev 12 eitc, si-4, A I SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS ,Anr,� `- FOR FLEXIBLE MAIN PIPE SEWER 1006.020 I I Concrete thrust block SOILS WITH TYPICAL BEARING STRENGTH I Illi OF 100 TO 199 kPa X t=— PIPE Dimensions IIDIA a b c d 4X 100 150 250 200 200 II ,p Q) 150 250 400 250 300 a 200 400 550 300 450 250 500 650 400 500 300 650 800 450 650 Concrete PLAN thrust block / 350 700 900 550 700 TEE 400 900 1050 600 850 Concrete /1II1 \/,,. SOILS WITH TYPICAL BEARING STRENGTH thrust block II 154OF 200 TO 299 kPa o+150 PIPE Dimensions 0 I _ �, if DW a b c d +T PLAN 100 150 200 150 150 J / c TYPICAL BEND 150 250 250 200 200 I in I 200 400 350 250 300 o o 1%N.IN I 250 300 500 450 300 350 650 500 350 400 hillR -- + 350 700 600 400 500 tzi $ 400 900 750 400 600 1 MII SOILS WITH TYPICAL BEARING STRENGTH PLAN -— OF 300 kPo AND OVER 90 BEND° _ V PIPE Dimensions DIA a b c d Concrete thrust block 100 150 150 150 150I Main stop SECTION X-X —optional 150 250 200 200 200 1 200 400 300 200 250 WaiII 250 500 400 250 300 llI 11111111111114 , 300 650 450 300 300 p 350 700 550 350 350 400 900 650 350 450 Plug or cap NOTES: PLAN A Concrete shall be placed to within 50mm of the face DEAD END of the bell. B Bond breaker shall be used between concrete and fittings. Concrete thrust block C The above thrust block dimensions meet or exceed the MECP Watermain Design Criteria for Future Alterations II Main stop Authorized Under a Drinking Water Works Permit. —optional D The assumptions made for the above calculations are: — Maximum operating pressure of 690 kPa, c. ' — Maximum surge pressure with a flow velocity change N of 0.6 m/s of 790 kPa for Class 52 DI pipe and 11111 240 kPa for PVC pipe. I E The tables apply to both ductile iron and PVC pipe. When one length exceeded the other, the longer length ELEVATION was used. DEAD END F All dimensions are in millimetres unless I otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev I 3 sri,1, CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS FOR TEES, PLUGS, AND '°p�(_ �� HORIZONTAL BENDS OPSD 1103.010 1 I IPlace concrete after anchor Stainless steel strap block has been poured and See detail Stainless bends set in place ---� steel strap I Xy 11011111 II:- UI . Stainless steel strap ,N0y,ll Spacer block Concrete _1F ,�•401016,0 1f 4 . :11 #-;... II '11 � •�yV1 . 11�II ---1 Stainless steel rods H. 1l a 150 1L I, t . �A L . L, I II s% d Diameter 100 150 min II 80 min 1 I II b U 2. Concrete 100 UP—THRUST BLOCK anchor block �O SECTION X—X 1 X 4044 I UP—THRUST BLOCK 44111 1I1 Concrete � ELEVATION thrust block ' �� I I� , I 50x13 / Stainless steel strap •-- Undisturbed co ground 130x85x20 I Stainless steel Inside radius of //1-- e---� angle 80 long strap=outside radius of bend -- � - ;Alit - spring line— DOWNELEVATION—THRUST LOCK oaMIR o �� ‘�� r 35 min elf1 � �. . iii .4411 ,i, / •., ►,` Stainless steel r 1 rod and nutsI I �. 13 Concrete '.I ' ' ao E. DETAIL thrust block 1 1 X I NOTES: A Concrete shall be placed to within 0/D+600 min 50mm of the face of the bell. DOWN—THRUST BLOCK B Bond breaker shall be used between SECTION Y—Y I concrete and fittings. C This blocking is for bends up to 45' for F Stainless steel rods and nuts to be designed up—thrust and 90' for down—thrust. based on actual watermain diameter and I D This OPSD shall be read in conjunction surge pressure. with OPSD 1103.021. G All dimensions are in millimetres unless E All stainless steel to be type 316. otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev 14 I ,,..s1-4\_. CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS -pior I FOR VERTICAL BENDS OPSD 1103.020 I I I Gooseneck Gooseneck filliWil 1 I I I i so /' �•'•.... �: I x lin ° •So I E M 1114.01, 1 HORIZONTAL GOOSENECK VERTICAL GOOSENECK OPTION I Finished grade III v N F 4) I I n 0 U N 0 d a N 4) 0 II o Sli0de type service box 0 > o E I In D C 41j Watermain drilled or tapped E 1 Notes 2 or 3 j l ' i / Main stop, Note 1 t.. Curb stop with rod Beddingas specified Concrete support I P 200x20ax100 VERTICAL SECTION 1 NOTES: 1 For plastic service pipes, install main stop B Couplings shall not be permitted unless at 15' above horizontal with a minimum the service length exceeds 20m betweenI 1.2m long gooseneck. the main stop and curb stop. 2 Direct tap ductile iron pipe with approved C All water services shall be installed 90' tool with standard AWWA inlet thread. to the longitudinal axis of the watermain. D Backfill material within 500mm of service 1 3 Service connections to plastic watermains shall be made using service saddles or box shall be native or imported, as factory made tees. specified. A When specified, the vertical gooseneck E All dimensions are in millimetresI option shall be used. unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 !Rev' 4 sr, I WATER SERVICE 0),- CONNECTION ,,, 19 and 25mm DIAMETER SIZES OPSD 1104.010 1 I I 1 bly nt a ssern t oar told I14ydro ��o� I elite 1 �I {e 3 I Itil e min tdt'On IY� t I OQter�o ITest Ili_ ,1 P II / de, 1� V mote 1 I able gon1 0d I �l fyP I .•/°° v > 2 IIyl �valve ote I <#141 lTeefttln9 fi iron ® `�, tile •o;n ./ U 5I {pP~ �P 0 te(� Z_3 Terminal panel GndbPost '� round �l oserrioe {oP - 1��5 c'4 I o ./ G Oe notions `\���O f� Gorr IWIRE FROM ANODE NEGATIVE WIRES FROM WATERMAIN I WIRING DETAIL IN TEST STATION I NOTES: 1 Anode shall be placed at least 1.0m away from the water system pipe and appurtenances and as deep as the bottom of the pipe and appurtenances or as specified in Contract I Documents. 2 Anode connecting wires shall be loosely wrapped around pipes and fittings and knotted. 3 The test station shall be set flush with the final grade as shown or post—mounted. I 4 Protective coating shall be applied to all thermite welds. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2020 I Rev 13 sTgy, I Q) CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR • ° P � METALLIC °':AL_vie WATERMAIN SYSTEMS OPSD 1109.010 1.0m 0.5m r TEMPORARY RAMPING PLACED WHEN BASE COURSE ONLY IN EXISTING ASPHALT CONTRACT \\C / ASPHALT BASE COURSE ASPHALT REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT TO DEPTH OF SURFACE COURSE PRIOR TO PAVING SURFACE REMOVE RAMPING TEMPORARY PRIOR TO PLACING PAPER SURFACE COURSE JOINT MATERIAL BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004 BMRO SCALE: N.T.S. � � Asphalt Joint Detail for engineering better communities Transverse Joints DRAWING No. 208 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - I I SAW CUT BACK OF CURB OR JOINT, TYP I CURB FACE OF CURB D D 1 GUIIL.R 1 1 EP A O O � 1 A 1 50mm PVC DRAT 50mm PVC DRAIN 1 TEMPORARY RAMPIN PLAN 1 TOP OF CURB SAW CUT FRAME TO BE SET IN A 1 OR JOINT, TYP -\\ TEMPORARY RAMPING FULL MORTAR BED 1 IIHL-3 SURFACE �, --� air/ COURSE (FUTURE) HL-4 BINDER !. : .;,•_.:.;:ti:e;:;•.:,e:.-!' 1.=,;N•:••••' •ti:n - • COURSE I GRANULAR BASE '-• 50mm PVC DRAIN '_ • • • ''1 ADJUSTMENT UNITS •c.••:!•: v•••:!•: (3 TYP) 1r a ___N-- • V r I NOTES: SECTION A—A 1. TEMPORARY DRAIN TO BE USED WITH ALL STORM SEWER STRUCTURES LOCATED IN GUTTER LINE. 2. TEMPORARY DRAIN TO BE PLUGGED USING 30MPa CONCRETE PRIOR TO THE SURFACE COURSE 1 ASPHALT BEING PLACED. 1 BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004 ill- t&,) SCALE:N.T.S. BRO Temporary Catch Basin Drain \ / engineering better communities 50mm PVC Drain C/W Ramping DRAWING No. 702 I I 64mm WIDE } OD Pipe+150mm ---- I SPLIT COLLAR I 150mm c/c 111 TABLE 1 ` I�Typ Ill FIXED RODS I 411PAIIIMIMMININ1 17 i. iliiiiiINIMI,I. f �_�_i r r � 11 !I !o, 0 O III GRATEI I� 5 150 / ASC MOUNTIBRACKEN HINGE STRAPS TYPG See assembly / 1 details 150mm c/c, Typ NOTE 3 ( ) TABLE 1 — NUMBER OF RODS IN FIXED UPPER FRAME PIPE DIA No. of FIXED RODS 1350 3 22mm DIA BOLT 1500 4 'r----'\.._ i1650 5 1800 6 1950 7 1 2100 8 SPLIT COLLAR 2250 9 2400 10 6 250--� I DRILL 25mm DIA 50i__ © I I of FRAME-13x50mm o1 13 �' _ HINGE STRA' JJ ,1 MEDIUM STEEL o TOP VIEW . of 1001 22mm DIA BOLT 1 Opir 25mm DIA. 13 THREADED 50mm STEEL ROD 25-.--'I--.-- 1 AT THE END TO DRILL 25mm - I RECEIVE WASHER imifi I AND NUT - Weld -I �I 50 LJJ 7 MOUNTING BRACKETS T ---I I--25 0 NI TOP VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE ASSEMBLY HINGE STRAP (4 Req'd) VIEW ASSEMBLY AND HINGE STRAP DETAILS MOUNTING BRACKET (4 Req'd) I NOTES: 1. GRATES SHALL BE SECURED BY EITHER A BOLT AND NUT OR A LOCKING DEVICE AS SPECIFIED 1 2. METAL SURFACES SHALL BE EITHER PAINTED WITH 2 COATS OF SELF PRIMING ABRASION RESISTANT IMMERSION GRADE EPDXY OR HOT DIP GALVANIZED, AS SPECIFIED 3. WELD HINGE STRAPS TO COLLAR. 4. FRAME, HINGE STRAP, MOUNTING BRACKET, AND STEEL RODS SHALL BE MEDIUM GRADE STEEL. 5. FRAME, HINGE STRAPS, MOUNTING BRACKET AND STEEL RODS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE TO OPSS 1850 6. ALL WELDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE TO CSA W59 AND W47.1 7. INLET BARS TO BE VERTICAL, OUTLET BARS TO BE HORIZONTAL. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Sept.,2019 1 fr B OS Grating Detail SCALE:N.T.S.i I engineering better communities 1350mmto2400mmDia.SewerOutlet DRAWING No. 800M I I a MALCOLM BOLTED COVER I OR AS PER CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS F 300mm -I FINISHED GRADE Ti r.:(4.,„ .4,:.m. 1 I I 1 100mm RISER - 1 AND CLEANOUT i —/V— I /I BACKFILL I (NOTE 2)7 i II 100mmJL il ! 100mm I I GRANULAR "A" PER OPSS 410 OR APPROVED EQUAL ...'.'.'. i ••••••••••••-••• I PVC CAP OR CONNECT TO EXISTING ;;: .. .......... •.... AS REQUIRED .i –150mm MIN ............... . ................ ................ ... ....... I I d ........... –100mm MIN. . ................................................ 11 SERVICE CONNECTION IMINIMUM SLOPE 1.0% NOTE: Il. SIZE OF SANITARY SERVICE TO BE AS NOTED IN THE FORM OF TENDER. 2. BACKFILL OF SERVICE UNDER THE ROAD PLATFORM SHALL MATCH THE MAIN LINE SANITARY SEWER BACKFILL. BACKFILL BEYOND THE ROAD PLATFORM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE FORM OF TENDER FOR THE SANITARY SERVICE. I BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Sept 2016 I �t`T� Sanitary Service Cleanout Detail engineering better communities DRAWING No. 1000 I I I I it MALCOLM BOLTED COVER I OR AS PER-A 300mm ; CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 1 FINISHED GRADE , /2) //moi\\\ L J 7,///.cam\\ ///.c�\\ I 1 1 I I 1 100mm RISER - I w AND CLEANOUT Z I J I } Icr W CI 1 O I BACKFILL a (NOTE 2)7 , CLa 100mm� I 100mm > i 1 0 ••.••••• ......... ••••• GRANULAR "A" PER •••••••••• ••• I N II • OPSS 410 OR APPROVED EQUAL PVC CAP 1:::::: :......150mm.MIN:.............. . -100mm MIN. . :............................... 111 SERVICE CONNECTION MINIMUM SLOPE 1.0% NOTE: 1. SIZE OF STORM SERVICE TO BE AS NOTED IN THE FORM OF TENDER. I 2. BACKFILL OF SERVICE UNDER THE ROAD PLATFORM SHALL MATCH THE MAIN LINE STORM SEWER BACKFILL. BACKFILL BEYOND THE ROAD PLATFORM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE FORM OF TENDER FOR THE STORM SERVICE I BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-March 2019 ` B MRO S S SCALE:N.T.S. I (1Tengineering better communities Storm Service Cleanout Detail DRAWING No. 1002 MN N all M M I N MO MN S M M NM N MI11 MN 11111 O MN (All (-_-_,,_ HYDRANT EX DUCTILE IRON OR ( I COPPER WATER SERVICE CAST IRON WATERMAIN / I IF NO TRACER WIRE ON EX WATERMAIN, BOTH TRACER TRACER WIRE CONNECT TRACER WIRES TO HAVE 1 SHALL BE BROUGHT WIRE TO EX. 1m SLACK TO THE SURFACE IT COPPER WS WITH ABOVE GRADE AND TERMINATE IN GROUND CLAMP I I AN AT GRADE TRACER WIRE TEE – NEW HYDRANT LEAD TERMINATION AND III CONNECTION1,.–.) I I GROUNDING STATION I OF NEW PVC VALVE WM TO EX DI . CHAMBER I I EX. TRACER WIRE 1 OR CI WM SERVICESADD ES -- - 1 – _\ C — "if I \ _..__ I __fi TEE —� VALVE BOX EX PVC EX DUCTILE IRON OR CONNECTION I TRACER WIRE I OR PVCO CAST IRON WATERMAIN OF NEW SHALL NOT BE BOTH TRACER WIRES TO WM. PVC WM PLACED BETWEEN HAVE 400mm SLACK TO NEW I SERVICE SADDLE I NEW PEX OR POLY ABOVE GRADE AT VALVE PVC DEAD AND WM 1 WATER SERVICE BOX EX. TRACER WIRE III END WM I I II I 1 I III 1 CONNECT TRACER PROPERTY LINE III END CAP WIRE TO EX. I\ LEGEND EX PVC OR PVCO WM III COPPER WS WITH I I • 0.68 Kg DRIVE–IN —__ TRACER WIRE :,\ GROUND CLAMP. I MAGNESIUM ANODE II THERMITE WELD REQUIRED ON DEAD IIIITHERMITE WELD 2m OF SLACK TRACER WIRE TO END OF TRACER NOTES: BEYOND END IRON SERVICES I I WIRE IF NOT DIELECTRIC, SILICON I BROUGHT TO THE • FILLED, DIRECT BURY, CAP IEX WATER SURFACE AT A LOCKABLE WIRE 1. TRACER WIRE MUST BE INSTALLED 0.68 Kg 1 I SERVICE ALONG THE TOP OF THE WATERMAIN AND MAGNESIUM ANODE VALVE, CURB STOP, CONNECTORS OR AT GRADE STRAPPED TO IT AT 5.0m (16') INTERVALS. CONNECTED TO AT ld TRACER WIRE I WATERMAIN 2. EXCEPT FOR APPROVED SPLICED GRADE TRACER TERMINATION AND CONNECTION POINT CONNECTIONS, THE TRACER WIRE SHALL BE WIRE TERMINATION GROUNDING STATION CONTINUOUS. AND GROUNDING 0.68 Kg MAGNESIUM 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT THE STATION ® ANODE TRACER WIRE TESTING BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-NOV.2020 4. ALL DEAD END TRACER WIRES THAT /__� ARE NOT BROUGHT TO THE SURFACE SCALE:N.T.S. SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH A MAGNESIUM ErBMROSS Watermain Tracer Wire ANODE. engineering better communities Installation Procedure DRAWING No. 1114 Y-STRAINER ON INLET SIDE (RECOMMENDED FOR REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE CLEANING ANY POSSIBLE DEBRIS THAT MAY OCCUR) GATE BACK FLOW DEVICE M VALVE (SIZE ON SIZE) HYDRANT 0o --..---_X_----\,-1—' _i =_T _�� FILLING POINT DISMIN. ANCE SUPPORT REMOVABLE (1" BALL VALVE) FROM AS y SPOOL PIECE GROUND NEEDED WITH VICTAULIC I. 1 750mm COUPLING FINISHED GRADE r,--ti I MAXIMUM DISTANCE APART = 20m TEMPORARY CONTROL v VALVE EXISTING MAIN = ` X NEW MAIN BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Nov.2020 SCALE: N.T.S. Temporary Connection from a Hydrant With CSA Certified erBack Reduced Prrater DRAWING No. 1115 Principle Backflow Preventer — — — — — — — — — 111111 — — — — — — — — — all 11111111 M MI IIIIII M N M M IIIIII N N E IIIIIII S MN N OM N • REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE FILLING POINT Y-STRAINER ON INLET SIDE (RECOMMENDED FOR BACK FLOW DEVICE (1" BALL VALVE) CLEANING ANY POSSIBLE DEBRIS THAT MAY OCCUR) (SIZE ON SIZE) GATE VALVE ° - - '.1] 1 ; DISTANCE - REMOVABLE SPOOL PIECE :/. STAINLESS STEEL TIE RODS, FROM GROUND SUPPORT WITH VICTAULIC LENGTHS AS REVDMIN=750mm — AS COUPLING THREAD BOTH ENDS (TYP.) I MAX=1500mm NEEDED FINISHED GRADE STAINLESS STEEL TIE RODS TO BE 610mm BELOW FINISHED GRADE .1' TEMPORARY CONTROL v VALVE CD EXISTING MAIN X_ NEW MAIN CD MAXIMUM DISTANCE=ONE PIPE LENGTH (APPROX. 6.0 m) BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Nov.2020 SCALE:N.T.S. Temporary Connection from a Watermain With CSA FBa e cd Reduced eDRAWING No. 1116 Princl le Backflow Preventer WIDTH OF SOD CUTTER SOD JOINTS SHALL BE TAMPED TO A UNIFORM SURFACE EXISTING GRASS/LAWN i ♦, r" Ira—111111=MI_1111;; TOPSOIL AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. REMOVE EXISTING TURF WITH SOD EXISTING SOIL AT THE TIME OF SODDING, ALL SURFACE CUTTER. SOD SHALL BE COUNTER AREAS DESIGNATED FOR SODDING SHALL SUNK TO EXISTING GRADE, LEVEL AT BE FREE OF EROSION AND SHALL HAVE A ALL EDGES FINE GRADED UNIFORM SURFACE. THE SURFACE SHALL BE UNIFORMILY CULTIVATED TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 50mm AND SHALL NOT HAVE SURFACE MATERIALS GREATER THAN 25mm IN SIZE, SUCH AS STONES AND CLODS AND WEEDS OR OTHER UNWANTED VEGETATION. BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Nov,2018 (17.,02,,)BIVIROSS Sod Placement Detail SCALE:N.T.S. • engineering better communities DRAWING No. 9001 N NM S ON NM SU M N en NM NM N N MI an S MS MN NS ' APPENDIX A ENVIRONMENTAL COMMITMENTS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Maple Street Reconstruction Project No. 20050—Municipality of Kincardine(Tiverton) ' Environmental Commitments 1.0 PURPOSE ' This document has been prepared to provide a summary of environmental commitments associated with the above noted reconstruction project for use by the Contract Administrator when preparing contract documents. The document can also be utilized to advise clients and contractors of environmental ' commitments associated with a specific project. This document may be updated upon receipt of permits received from approval agencies. 2.0 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ' 2.1 Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority(SVCA) ' A permit will need to be obtained from Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority(SVCA)for work within lands that are subject to their regulations. An application for the project has been submitted on behalf of the Municipality of Kincardine and is currently under review. Upon receipt,the Conservation Authority 1 permit must be posted at the site and all conditions identified within the approval must be adhered to. 2.2 Federal Department of Fisheries and Oceans(DFO) A Request for Review has been submitted to DFO to address potential impacts to fish and other aquatic species present at the site.It is assumed a Letter of Advice(LOA)will be issued upon completion of the review. A copy of the LOA will be provided when available and it must be present at the work site at all ' times. Failure to comply with conditions specified in the LOA could lead to charges under the Federal Fisheries Act. 3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES 3.1 Sediment and Erosion Control This project includes the reconstruction of Maple Street and replacement of an existing culvert. The watercourse must be protected against sediment intrusion and disturbance through the installation of 1 appropriate sediment and erosion control measures. Sediment and erosion control measures should include silt fencing and other protective measures where there is potential for sediment to travel to the watercourse. ' The locations of the sediment and erosion control measures will be reviewed and confirmed at the pre- construction meeting. ' 3.2 Vegetation Removal Vegetation removal must be limited as much as feasible. If vegetation must be removed, it will be limited as much as possible. Specifically,along the creek banks and within the watercourse,vegetation removal should be as minimal as possible. I I 3.3 Watercourse Protection In-water work should be avoided outside the approved timing window. In water work must be done I between June 15 and September 15. All fish and aquatic life(e.g. amphibians)are to be removed from the construction area after the coffer dams are installed and before excavation is started. Salvaged fish and aquatic life shall be net collected or minnow trapped and released unharmed, downstream of the construction area. 3.4 Refueling/Storage of Equipment I Storage of construction equipment and refueling stations should be located at least 30 metres from Nile I Creek to prevent leaks or spills from entering the watercourse. Similarly, construction debris should be stored away from Nile Creek. 3.5 Dewatering I Dewatering associated with this project must not adversely affect Nile Creek. `Clean' discharges can be directed to the existing storm sewer system. `Dirty' discharges must be directed to a containment area or I grassed buffer area at least 10 m from the stream. Silt material shall be cleaned up and removed from the site at the completion of the project. 3.6 Dust Control I Stockpiled dry materials and rubbish should be covered or wetted down to prevent blowing dust and debris. Chemical dust control products should not be used adjacent to Nile Creek. 3.7 Noise Control I Site procedures should be established to minimize noise levels in accordance with local by-laws. Nighttime or Sunday work shall not be permitted, except in emergency situations. I I I 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1